24 Cfr 3280

24 CFR Part 3280.pdf

Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Act Park Model RV Exemption Notice

24 CFR 3280

OMB: 2502-0616

⚠️ Notice: This form may be outdated. More recent filings and information on OMB 2502-0616 can be found here:

Document [pdf]

Download: pdf | pdf

3280.308 Formaldehyde emission controls for
certain wood products.
3280.309 Health Notice on formaldehyde
emissions.

PARTS 3200–3279 [RESERVED]
PART
3280—MANUFACTURED
HOME
CONSTRUCTION
AND
SAFETY STANDARDS

Subpart E—Testing
3280.401 Structural load tests.
3280.402 Test procedures for roof trusses.
3280.403 Requirements for windows, sliding
glass doors, and skylights.
3280.404 Standard for egress windows and
devices for use in manufactured homes.
3280.405 Standard for swinging exterior passage doors for use in manufactured
homes.
3280.406 Air chamber test method for certification and qualification of formaldehyde
emission levels.

Subpart A—General
Sec.
3280.1 Scope.
3280.2 Definitions.
3280.3 Manufactured home procedural and
enforcement regulations and consumer
manual requirements.
3280.4 Incorporation by reference.
3280.5 Data plate.
3280.6 Serial number.
3280.7 Excluded structures.
3280.8 Waivers.
3280.9 Interpretative bulletins.
3280.10 Use of alternative construction.
3280.11 Certification label.

Subpart F—Thermal Protection
3280.501 Scope.
3280.502 Definitions.
3280.503 Materials.
3280.504 Condensation control and installation of vapor retarders.
3280.505 Air infiltration.
3280.506 Heat loss/heat gain.
3280.507 Comfort heat gain.
3280.508 Heat loss, heat gain and cooling
load calculations.
3280.509 Criteria in absence of specific data.
3280.510 Heat loss certificate.
3280.511 Comfort cooling certificate and information.

Subpart B—Planning Considerations
3280.101 Scope.
3280.102 Definitions.
3280.103 Light and ventilation.
3280.104 Ceiling heights.
3280.105 Exit facilities; exterior doors.
3280.106 Exit facilities; egress windows and
devices.
3280.107 Interior privacy.
3280.108 Interior passage.
3280.109 Room requirements.
3280.110 Minimum room dimensions.
3280.111 Toilet compartments.
3280.112 Hallways.
3280.113 Glass and glazed openings.

Subpart G—Plumbing Systems
3280.601 Scope.
3280.602 Definitions.
3280.603 General requirements.
3280.604 Materials.
3280.605 Joints and connections.
3280.606 Traps and cleanouts.
3280.607 Plumbing fixtures.
3280.608 Hangers and supports.
3280.609 Water distribution systems.
3280.610 Drainage systems.
3280.611 Vents and venting.
3280.612 Tests and inspection.

Subpart C—Fire Safety
3280.201 Scope.
3280.202 Definitions.
3280.203 Flame spread limitations and fire
protection requirements.
3280.204 Kitchen cabinet protection.
3280.205 Carpeting.
3280.206 Firestopping.
3280.207 Requirements for thermal insulating materials.
3280.208 Requirements for foam plastic thermal insulating materials.
3280.209 Smoke alarm requirements.
3280.210 Fire testing.

Subpart H—Heating, Cooling and Fuel
Burning Systems
3280.701 Scope.
3280.702 Definitions.
3280.703 Minimum standards.
3280.704 [Reserved]
3280.705 Gas piping systems.
3280.706 Oil piping systems.
3280.707 Heat producing appliances.
3280.708 Exhaust duct system and provisions
for the future installation of a clothes
dryer.
3280.709 Installation of appliances.
3280.710 Venting, ventilation and combustion air.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Subpart D—Body and Frame Construction
Requirements
3280.301 Scope.
3280.302 Definitions.
3280.303 General requirements.
3280.304 Materials.
3280.305 Structural design requirements.
3280.306 Windstorm protection.
3280.307 Resistance to elements and use.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00039

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.1
3280.711
3280.712
3280.713
3280.714
3280.715

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Instructions.
Marking.
Accessibility.
Appliances, cooling.
Circulating air systems.

provided in individual parts. The definitions are as follows:
Approved, when used in connection
with any material, appliance or construction, means complying with the
requirements of the Department of
Housing and Urban Development.
Bay window—a window assembly
whose maximum horizontal projection
is not more than two feet from the
plane of an exterior wall and is elevated above the floor level of the home.
Certification label means the approved
form of certification by the manufacturer that, under § 3280.8, is permanently affixed to each transportable
section of each manufactured home
manufactured for sale in the United
States.
Dwelling unit means one or more habitable rooms which are designed to be
occupied by one family with facilities
for living, sleeping, cooking and eating.
Equipment includes materials, appliances, devices, fixtures, fittings or accessories both in the construction of,
and in the fire safety, plumbing, heatproducing and electrical systems of
manufactured homes.
Federal manufactured home construction and safety standard means a reasonable standard for the construction,
design, and performance of a manufactured home which meets the needs of
the public including the need for quality, durability, and safety.
Installations means all arrangements
and methods of construction, as well as
fire safety, plumbing, heat-producing
and electrical systems used in manufactured homes.
Labeled means a label, symbol or
other identifying mark of a nationally
recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and by whose labeling is indicated compliance with nationally recognized standards or tests to determine
suitable usage in a specified manner.
Length of a manufactured home means
its largest overall length in the traveling mode, including cabinets and
other projections which contain interior space. Length does not include bay
windows, roof projections, overhangs,

Subpart I—Electrical Systems
3280.801 Scope.
3280.802 Definitions.
3280.803 Power supply.
3280.804 Disconnecting means and branchcircuit protective equipment.
3280.805 Branch circuits required.
3280.806 Receptacle outlets.
3280.807 Fixtures and appliances.
3280.808 Wiring methods and materials.
3280.809 Grounding.
3280.810 Electrical testing.
3280.811 Calculations.
3280.812 Wiring of expandable units and dual
units.
3280.813 Outdoor outlets, fixtures, air conditioning equipment, etc.
3280.814 Painting of wiring.
3280.815 Polarization.
3280.816 Examination of equipment for safety.

Subpart J—Transportation
3280.901 Scope.
3280.902 Definitions.
3280.903 General requirements for designing
the structure to withstand transportation shock and vibration.
3280.904 Specific requirements for designing
the transportation system.
AUTHORITY: 42 U.S.C. 3535(d), 5403, and 5424.
SOURCE: 40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, unless
otherwise noted. Redesignated at 44 FR 20679,
Apr. 6, 1979.

Subpart A—General
§ 3280.1 Scope.
This standard covers all equipment
and installations in the design, construction, transportation, fire safety,
plumbing, heat-producing and electrical systems of manufactured homes
which are designed to be used as dwelling units. This standard seeks to the
maximum extent possible to establish
performance requirements. In certain
instances, however, the use of specific
requirements is necessary.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[58 FR 55002, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.2 Definitions.
Definitions in this subpart are those
common to all subparts of the standard
and are in addition to the definitions

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00040

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.2

or eaves under which there is no interior space, nor does it include drawbars, couplings or hitches.
Listed or certified means included in a
list published by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection
agency, or other organization concerned with product evaluation that
maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials, and whose listing states either
that the equipment or material meets
nationally recognized standards or has
been tested and found suitable for use
in a specified manner.
Manufacturer means any person engaged in manufacturing or assembling
manufactured homes, including any
person engaged in importing manufactured homes for resale.
Manufactured home means a structure, transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode is 8
body feet or more in width or 40 body
feet or more in length or which when
erected on-site is 320 or more square
feet, and which is built on a permanent
chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling with or without a permanent
foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the
plumbing, heating, air-conditioning,
and electrical systems contained in the
structure. This term includes all structures that meet the above requirements except the size requirements and
with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification
pursuant to § 3282.13 of this chapter and
complies with the construction and
safety standards set forth in this part
3280. The term does not include any
self-propelled recreational vehicle. Calculations used to determine the number of square feet in a structure will include the total of square feet for each
transportable section comprising the
completed structure and will be based
on the structure’s exterior dimensions
measured at the largest horizontal projections when erected on site. These dimensions will include all expandable
rooms, cabinets, and other projections
containing interior space, but do not
include bay windows. Nothing in this
definition should be interpreted to
mean that a manufactured home necessarily meets the requirements of
HUD’s Minimum Property Standards

(HUD Handbook 4900.1) or that it is
automatically eligible for financing
under 12 U.S.C. 1709(b).
Manufactured
home
construction
means all activities relating to the assembly and manufacture of a manufactured home including, but not limited
to, those relating to durability, quality
and safety.
Manufactured home safety means the
performance of a manufactured home
in such a manner that the public is
protected against any unreasonable
risk of the occurrence of accidents due
to the design or construction of such
manufactured home, or any unreasonable risk of death or injury to the user
or to the public if such accidents do
occur.
Registered Engineer or Architect means
a person licensed to practice engineering or architecture in a state and subject to all laws and limitations imposed by the state’s Board of Engineering and Architecture Examiners and
who is engaged in the professional
practice of rendering service or creative work requiring education, training and experience in engineering
sciences and the application of special
knowledge of the mathematical, physical and engineering sciences in such
professional or creative work as consultation, investigation, evaluation,
planning or design and supervision of
construction for the purpose of securing compliance with specifications and
design for any such work.
Secretary means the Secretary of
Housing and Urban Development, or an
official of the Department delegated
the authority of the Secretary with respect to title VI of Pub. L. 93–383.
State includes each of the several
States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam,
the Virgin Islands, the Canal Zone, and
American Samoa.
Width of a manufactured home means
its largest overall width in the traveling mode, including cabinets and
other projections which contain interior space. Width does not include bay
windows, roof projections, overhangs,

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00041

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.3

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

or eaves under which there is no interior space.

Archives and Records Administration
(NARA). For more information on the
availability of this material at NARA,
call 202–741–6030 or go to http://
www.archives.gov/federallregister.
(b) Air Conditioning & Refrigeration
Institute (ARI), 4100 North Fairfax
Drive, Suite 200, Arlington, VA 22203,
telephone number 703–524–8800, fax
number 703–528–3816, Web site: http://
www.lightindustries.com/ARI/.
(1) ANSI/ARI Standard 210/240–89,
Unitary Air-Conditioning and AirSource Heat Pump Equipment, IBR approved for §§ 3280.511(b), 3280.703, and
3280.714(a),
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Aluminum Association (AA), 1525
Wilson Blvd., Suite 600, Arlington, VA
22209; telephone number 703–358–2960,
fax number 703–358–3921; Web site:
http://www.aluminum.org.
(1) Aluminum Design Manual, Specifications and Guidelines for Aluminum
Structures, Part 1–A, Sixth Edition,
October
1994,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) Aluminum Design Manual, Specifications and Guidelines for Aluminum
Structures, Part 1–B, First Edition, October
1994,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(d) American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA), 1827 Walden
Office
Square,
Suite
550,
Schaumburg, IL 60173, telephone number 847–303–5664, fax number 847–303–
5774, Web site: http://www.aamanet.org.
(1) AAMA 1503.1–88, Voluntary Test
Method for Thermal Transmittance
and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections,
IBR approved for § 3280.508(e).
(2) AAMA 1600/I.S.7–00, Voluntary
Specification for Skylights, 2003 IBR
approved for § 3280.305(c).
(3) AAMA 1701.2–95, Voluntary Standard Primary Window and Sliding Glass
Door for Utilization in Manufactured
Housing, IBR approved for §§ 3280.403(e)
and 3280.404(b).
(4) AAMA 1702.2–95, Voluntary Standard Swinging Exterior Passage Door
for Utilization in Manufactured Housing, IBR approved for § 3280.405(b) and
(e).

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 960, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 28092,
June 29, 1982; 58 FR 55002, Oct. 25, 1993; 61 FR
5216, Feb. 9, 1996; 72 FR 27228, May 14, 2007]

§ 3280.3 Manufactured home procedural and enforcement regulations
and consumer manual requirements.
A manufacturer must comply with
the requirements of this part 3280, part
3282 of this chapter, and 42 U.S.C. 5416.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[61 FR 18250, Apr. 25, 1996]

§ 3280.4 Incorporation by reference.
(a) The specifications, standards, and
codes of the following organizations
are incorporated by reference in 24 CFR
part 3280 (this Standard) pursuant to 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 as
though set forth in full. The incorporation by reference of these standards
has been approved by the Director of
the Federal Register. Incorporated
standards have the same force and effect as this Standard (24 CFR part
3280), except that whenever reference
standards and this Standard are inconsistent, the requirements of this Standard prevail to the extent of the inconsistency. The Department will enforce
the listed editions of material incorporated by this section. Where two or
more incorporated standards are equivalent in application, the manufacturer
may use either standard. If a later edition is to be enforced, the Department
will publish a notice of change in the
FEDERAL REGISTER. These incorporated
standards are available for purchase
from the organization that developed
the standard at the corresponding addresses noted below. Incorporated
standards are available for inspection
at the Office of Manufactured Housing
Program, Manufactured Housing and
Construction Standards Division, U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW.,
Room B–133, Washington, DC 20410.
Copies of incorporated standards that
are not available from their producer
organizations may be obtained from
the Office of Manufactured Housing
Programs. These standards are also
available for inspection at the National

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00042

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.4
(3) ANSI/AHA A135.6–1998, Hardboard
Siding, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(h) American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), One East Wacker
Drive, Chicago, IL 60601, telephone
number 312–670–2400, fax number 312–
670–5403, Web site: http://www.aisc.org/.
(1) AISC–S335, 1989. Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings—Allowable
Stress Design and Plastic Design (except for the following parts of this
standard which are not incorporated by
reference: 1.3.3, 1.3.4, 1.3.5, 1.3.6, 1.4.6,
1.5.1.5, 1.5.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10.4
through 1.10.7, 1.10.9, 1.11, 1.13, 1.14.5,
1.17.7 through 1.17.9, 1.19.1, 1.19.3, 1.20,
1.21, 1.23.7, 1.24, 1.25.1 through 1.25.5,
1.26.4, 2.3, 2.4, 2.8 through 2.10), June 1,
1989, IBR approved for §§ 3280.304(b) and
3280.305(j).
(2) [Reserved]
(i) American Iron and Steel Institute
(AISI), 25 Massachusetts Ave., NW.,
Suite 800, Washington, DC 20001, telephone number 202–452–7100, Web site:
http://www.steel.org.
(1) AISI, Specification for the Design
of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members,
1996,
IBR
approved
for
§§ 3280.304(b) and 3280.305(j).
(2) [Reserved]
(j) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, 4th
floor, New York, NY 10018, telephone
number 212–642–4900, fax number 212–
398–0023, Web site: http://www.ansi.org.
(1) ANSI A112.14.1–1975, Backflow
Valves, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(2) ANSI A112.19.5–1979, Trim for
Water Closet, Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(3) ANSI/AITC A190.1–1992, For wood
products—Structural Glued Laminated
Timber, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(4) ANSI A208.1–1999, Particleboard,
IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(5) ANSI A208.2–2002, Medium Density
Fiberboard (MDF) For Interior Applications, approved May 13, 2002, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(6) ANSI B16.18–1984, Cast Copper
Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings,
IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(7) ANSI C72.1–1972, section 4.3.1,
Household Automatic Electric Storage
Type Water Heaters, IBR approved for
§ 3280.707(d).

(5) AAMA Standard 1704–1985, Voluntary Standard Egress Window Systems for Utilization in Manufactured
Housing, IBR approved for § 3280.404(b).
(6) AAMA/WDMA/CSA/101/I.S.2/A440–
08 North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors
and Skylights, January 2008, IBR approved for § 3280.403(b) and (e).
(7) ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2–
97,Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(e) American Forest and Paper Association
(AFPA),
1111
Nineteenth
Street, Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036
(previously named National Forest
Products Association (NFPA), telephone number 1–800–878–8878, Web site:
http://www.afandpa.org.
(1) AFPA, Design Values for Joists
and Rafters 1992, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) AFPA PS–20–70, Span Tables for
Joists and Rafters, 1993, IBR approved
for § 3280.304(b).
(3) ANSI/AFPA NDS–2001, National
Design Specifications for Wood Construction, 2001 Edition, with Supplement, Design Values for Wood Construction, November 30, 2001, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(4) AFPA, Wood Structural Design
Data, 1986 Edition with 1992 Revisions,
IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(f) American Gas Association (AGA),
400 North Capitol Street NW., Washington, DC 20001, telephone number
202–824–7000,
Web
site:
http://
www.aga.org/Pages/default.aspx.
(1) AGA No. 3–87, Requirements for
Gas Connectors for Connection of Fixed
Appliances for Outdoor Installation,
Park Trailers, and Manufactured (Mobile) Homes to the Gas Supply, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(2) [Reserved]
(g) American Hardboard Association
(AHA), 1210 West NW Highway, Palatine, IL 60067, Web site: http://hardboard.org.
(1) ANSI/AHA A135.4–1995, Basic
Hardboard,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) ANSI/AHA A135.5–1995, Prefinished
Hardboard Paneling, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00043

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.4

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(8) ANSI/IAS LC 1–1997, Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing (CSST), approved October 28, 1996, IBR approved for
§ 3280.705(b).
(9) ANSI Z21.1–2000, Household Cooking Gas Appliances, IBR approved for
§ 3280.703.
(10) ANSI Z21.5.1–1999, Gas Clothes
Dryers Volume 1, Type 1 Clothes Dryers, with Addendum Z21.5.1a–1999, IBR
approved for § 3280.703.
(11) ANSI Z21.10.1–1998, Gas Water
Heaters—Volume 1, Storage Water
Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000
BTU per hour or Less, with Addendum
Z21.10.1a–2000,
IBR
approved
for
§§ 3280.703 and 3280.707(d).
(12) ANSI Z21.15–1997, Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End
Valves, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and
3280.705(c).
(13) ANSI Z21.19–1990, with Addendum
ANSI Z21.19a–1992 and Z21.19b–1995, Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(14) ANSI Z21.20 with Addendum
Z21.20a–2000, Automatic Gas Ignition
Systems and Components, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(15) ANSI Z21.21–2000, Automatic
Valves for Gas Appliances, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(16) ANSI Z21.22–1999, Relief Valves
for Hot Water Supply Systems, IBR approved for §§ 3280.604(b) and 3280.703.
(17) ANSI Z21.23–1993, Gas Appliance
Thermostats, approved August 10, 1993,
IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(18) ANSI Z21.24–1997/CGA 6.10–M97,
Connectors for Gas Appliances, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(19) ANSI Z21.40.1–1996/CGA 2.91–M96,
Gas-Fired, Heat Activated Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Appliances,
IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and
3280.714(a).
(20) ANSI Z21.47–1990 with Addendum
Z21.47a–1990 and Z21.47b–1992, Gas-Fired
Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent
System Central Furnaces), IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(21) ANSI Z34.1–1993, Third-Party Certification Programs for Products, Processes, and Services, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.403(e) and 3280.405(e).
(22) ANSI Z97.1–2004, Standard for
Safety Glazing Materials used in Build-

ings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, copyright
2004, IBR approved for §§ 3280.113(c),
3280.304(b), 3280.403(d)(1), 3280.604(b), and
3280.607(b).
(23) ANSI Z124.1–1987, Plastic Bathtub
Units with Addendum Z124.1a–1990 and
Z124.1b–1991,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.604(b).
(24) ANSI Z124.2–1987, Plastic Shower
Receptors and Shower Stalls with Addendum Z124.2a–1990, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(25) ANSI Z124.3–1986, Plastic Lavatories with Addendum Z124.3a–1990, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(26) ANSI Z124.4–1986, Plastic Water
Closets, Bowls, and Tanks with Addenda Z124.4a–1990, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(27) ANSI Z124.5–1997, Plastic Toilet
(Water Closets) Seats, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(28) ANSI Z124.7–1997, Prefabricated
Plastic Spa Shells, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(29) ANSI Z–124.9–1994, Plastic Urinal
Fixtures, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(k) The Engineered Wood Association
(APA) (formerly the American Plywood
Association), 7011 South 19th Street,
Tacoma, WA 98411, telephone number
253–565–6600, fax number 253–565–7265,
Web site: http://www.apawood.org.
(1) APA D410A–2004, Panel Design
Specification,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) APA E30P–1996, APA Design/Construction Guide, Residential and Commercial Structures, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(3) APA E30R, Engineered Wood Construction Guide, revised January 2001,
IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(4) APA H815E–1995 (PDS Supplement
#5), Design and Fabrication of All-Plywood
Beams,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(5) APA S 811M–1990 (PDS Supplement 1), Design and Fabrication of Plywood Curved Panels, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(6) APA S 812R, Design and Fabrication of Glued Plywood-Lumber Beams,
revised November 1998, Supplement #2,
July 1992 IBR approved for § 3280.304.
(7) APA U 813L, Design and Fabrication of Plywood Stressed-Skin Panels,

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00044

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.4

revised April 1996, Supplement # 3, August 1992, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(8) APA U 814H, Design and Fabrication of Plywood, Sandwiched Panels,
revised September 1993, Supplement #4,
March
1990,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(l) American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 1801 Alexander Bell
Drive, Reston, VA 20191, telephone
number 800–548–2723, Web site: http://
www.asce.org.
(1) ANSI/ASCE 7–88, Minimum Design
Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, IBR approved for §§ 3280.5(f),
3280.304(b), and 3280.305(c).
(2) SEI/ASCE 8–02, Specification for
the Design of Cold-Formed Stainless
Steel Structural Members, 2002, IBR
approved
for
§§ 3280.304(b)
and
3280.305(j).
(3) ASCE 19–96, Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings, IBR
approved for § 3280.304(b).
(m) American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), 1791 Tullie Circle
NE., Atlanta, GA 30329, telephone number 404–636–8400, fax number 404–321–
5478, Web site: https://www.ashrae.org/
home/.
(1) 1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Inch-Pound Edition (1997),
chapters 22 through 27, (except for the
following parts of this standard that
are not incorporated by reference: 23.1
Steel Frame Construction; 23.2 Masonry Construction; 23.3 Foundations
and Floor Systems; 23.15 Pipes; 23.17
Tanks, Vessels, and Equipment; 23.18
Refrigerated Rooms and Buildings;
24.18 Mechanical and Industrial Systems; 25.19 Commercial Building Envelope Leakage; 27.9 Calculation of Heat
Loss from Crawl Spaces). IBR approved
for
§§ 3280.508(a),
3280.508(e),
and
3280.511(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(n) ASME (formally the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers), Two
Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990,
telephone number 800–843–2763, Web
site: http://www.asme.org/.
(1) ASME A112.1.2–1991, Air Gaps in
Plumbing Systems, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(2) ANSI/ASME A112.4.1–1993, Water
Heater Relief Valve Drain Tubes, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).

(3) ANSI/ASME A112.4.3–1999, Plastic
Fittings for Connecting Water Closets
to the Sanitary Drainage System, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(4)
ASME/ANSI
A112.18.1M–1989,
Plumbing Fixture Fittings, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(5) ASME A112.18.3M–1996, Performance Requirements for Backflow Protection Devices and Systems in Plumbing Fixture Fittings, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(6) ASME A112.18.6–1999, Flexible
Water Connectors, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(7) ASME A112.18.7–1999, Deck Mounted Bath/Shower Transfer Valves with
Integral Backflow Protection, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(8)
ANSI/ASME
A112.19.1M–1987,
Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(9)
ANSI/ASME
A112.19.2(M)–1990,
Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures,
IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(10)
ANSI/ASME
A112.19.3M–1987,
Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use), IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(11) ANSI/ASME A112.19.4(M)–1984,
Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel
Plumbing Fixtures, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(12) ASME A112.19.6–1995, Hydraulic
Performance Requirements for Water
Closets and Urinals, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(13)
ASME/ANSI
A112.19.7M–1987,
Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(14) ASME/ANSI A112.19.8M–1989, Suction Fittings for Use in Swimming
Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs,
and Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(15) ASME A112.19.9M–1991, Non-Vitreous Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(16) ASME A112.19.10–1994, Dual Flush
Devices for Water Closets, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(17) ANSI/ASME A112.21.3M–1985, Hydrants for Utility and Maintenance
Use, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(18) ANSI/ASME B1.20.1–1983, Pipe
Threads, General Purpose (Inch), IBR
approved for §§ 3280.604(b), 3280.703,
3280.705(e), and 3280.706(d).

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00045

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.4

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(19) ANSI/ASME B16.3–1992, Malleable
Iron Threaded Fittings, IBR approved
for § 3280.604(b).
(20) ANSI/ASME B16.4–1992, Gray Iron
Threaded Fittings, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(21) ANSI/ASME B16.15–1985, Cast
Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125
and 250, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(22)
ASME/ANSI
B16.22–1989,
Wrought-Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fitting, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(23) ASME B16.23–1992, Cast Copper
Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage FittingsDWV, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(24) ASME/ANSI B16.26–1988, Cast
Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper
Tubes,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.604(b).
(25) ASME/ANSI B16.29–1986, Wrought
Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(26) ANSI/ASME B36.10–1979, Welding
and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe, IBR
approved for §§ 3280.604(b), 3280.703,
3280.705(b), and 3280.706(b).
(o) American Society of Sanitary Engineering (ASSE), 901 Canterbury,
Suite A, Westlake, OH 44145, phone
number 440–835–3040, fax number 440–
835–3488, Web site: http://www.asseplumbing.org.
(1) ASSE 1001 (ANSI Approved 1990),
Performance Requirements for Pipe
Applied Atmospheric Type Vacuum
Breakers, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(2) ASSE 1002 Revision 5–1986 (ANSI/
ASSE–1979),
Performance
Requirements for Water Closet Flush Tank Fill
Valves (Ballcocks), IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(3) ASSE 1006 (ASSE/ANSI–1986),
Plumbing Requirements for Residential Use (Household) Dishwashers, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(4) ASSE 1007–1986, Performance Requirements for Home Laundry Equipment, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(5) ASSE 1008–1986, Performance Requirements for Household Food Waste
Disposer Units, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(6) ASSE 1011–1981 (ANSI–1982), Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).

(7) ASSE 1014–1989 (ANSI–1990), Performance Requirements for Hand-held
Showers, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(8) ASSE 1016–2005, Performance Requirements for Automatic Compensating Values for Individual Shower
and Tub/Shower Combinations, approved January 2005, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.604(b) and 3280.607(b).
(9) ASSE 1017–1986, Performance Requirements for Temperature Activated
Mixing Valves for Primary Domestic
Use, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(10) ANSI/ASSE 1019–1978, Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrants,
Frost Proof Automatic Draining, AntiBackflow Types, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(11) ASSE 1023 (ANSI/ASSE–1979),
Performance Requirements for Hot
Water Dispensers, Household Storage
Type Electrical, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(12) ASSE 1025 (ANSI/ASSE–1978),
Performance
Requirements
for
Diverters for Plumbing Faucets with
Hose Spray, Anti-Siphon Type, Residential Applications, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(13) ASSE 1037–1990 (ANSI–1990), Performance Requirements for Pressurized
Flushing Devices (Flushometers) for
Plumbing Fixtures, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(14) ASSE 1051 Revised 1996 (ANSI
1998), Performance Requirements for
Air Admittance Valves for Plumbing
Drainage Systems—Fixture and Branch
Devices, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(15) ASSE 1070–2004, Performance Requirements for Water Temperature
Limiting Devices, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.604(b) and 3280.607(b).
(p) American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428,
(610) 832–9500, fax number 610–832–9555,
Web site: http://www.astm.org.
(1) ASTM A53–93. Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and HotDipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless, IBR approved for §§ 3280.604(b) and
3280.703.
(2) ASTM A74–92, Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(3) ASTM A539–99, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded
Coiled Steel Tubing for Gas and Fuel

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00046

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.4

Oil Lines, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703,
3280.705(b), and § 3280.706(b).
(4) ASTM B42–93, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes, IBR approved for §§ 3280.604
and 3280.703.
(5) ASTM B43–91, Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe,
Standard Sizes, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.604(b) and 3280.705(b).
(6) ASTM B88–93, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube,
IBR approved for §§ 3280.604, 3280.703,
3280.705(b), and 3280.706(b).
(7) ASTM B251–93, Standard Specification for General Requirements for
Wrought Seamless Copper and CopperAlloy Tube, IBR approved for §§ 3280.604
and 3280.703.
(8) ASTM B280–95a, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Field Service, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.703, 3280.705(b), and 3280.706(b).
(9) ASTM B306–92, Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube
(DWV), IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(10) ASTM C 36/C 36M–99, Standard
Specification for Gypsum Wallboard,
1999, IBR approved for § 3280.304.
(11) ASTM C564–97, Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Case
Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings, approved
December 10, 1997, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.604(b) and 3280.611(d).
(12) ASTM C920–02, Standard Specification
for
Elastomeric
Joint
Sealants, approved January 10, 2002,
IBR approved for § 3280.611(d).
(13) ASTM D781–68 (Reapproved 1973),
Standard Test Methods for Puncture
and Stiffness of Paperboard, and Corrugated and Solid Fiberboard, IBR approved for §§ 3280.304(b), and 3280.305(g).
(14) ASTM D2235–88, Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(15) ASTM D2564–91a, Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping
Systems, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(16) ASTM D2661–91, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-ButadieneStyrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic
Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).

(17) ASTM D2665–91b, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride)
(PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent
Pipe and Fittings, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(18) ASTM D2846–92, Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl
Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and
Cold-Water Distribution Systems, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(19) ASTM D3309–92a, Standard Specification for Polybutylene (PB) Plastic
Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(20) ASTM D3311–92, Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent
(DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(21) ASTM D3953–97, Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel, and
Seals, approved April 10, 1997, IBR approved for §§ 3280.306(b) and 3280.306(g).
(22) ASTM D4442–92 (Reapproved
1997), Standard Test Methods for Direct
Moisture Content Measurement of
Wood and Wood-Base Materials, IBR
approved for § 3280.304(b).
(23) ASTM D4444–92, Standard Test
Methods for Use and Calibration of
Hand-Held Moisture Meters, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(24) ASTM D4635–01, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Films Made
from Low-Density Polyethylene for
General Use and Packaging Applications, approved June 10, 2001, IBR approved for § 3280.611(d).
(25) ASTM E84–01, Standard Test
Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2001, IBR
approved for § 3280.203(a).
(26) ASTM E 96–95 Standard Test
Methods for Water Vapor Transmission
of
Materials,
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.504(a).
(27) ASTM E 162–94, Standard Test
Method for Surface Flammability of
Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source, IBR approved for § 3280.203(a).
(28) ASTM E 773–97, Standard Test
Methods for Accelerated Weathering of
Sealed Insulating Glass Units, IBR approved for § 3280.403(d).
(29) ASTM E 774–97, Standard Specification for the Classification of the
Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units, IBR approved for § 3280.403(d).
(30) ASTM E 1333–96, Standard Test
Method for Determining Formaldehyde

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00047

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.4

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Concentrations in Air and Emission
Rates from Wood Products Using a
Large Chamber, approved March 10,
1996, IBR approved for § 3280.406(b).
(31) ASTM F628–91, Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-ButadieneStyrene (ABS) Schedule 40, Plastic
Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe with a
Cellular Core, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(32) ASTM F876–10, Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene
(PEX) Tubing, approved February 10,
2010, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(33) ASTM F877–07, Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene
(PEX) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems, approved February
1, 2007, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(q) Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
(CISPI), 1064 Delaware Avenue SE, Atlanta, GA 30316, telephone number 404–
622–0073, fax number 404–973–2845, Web
site: http://www.cispi.org/.
(1) CISPI–301–90, Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe
and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm
Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications, IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(2) CISPI–HSN–85, Specification for
Neoprene Rubber Gaskets for HUB and
Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings, IBR approved for §§ 3280.604,
3280.611(d).
(r) FS—Federal Specifications, General Services Administration, Specifications Branch, Room 6039, GSA
Building, 7th and D Streets, SW.,
Washington, DC 20407.
(1) FS WW–P–541E/GEN–1980, Plumbing Fixtures (General Specifications),
IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(2) FS ZZ–R–765B–1970, Silicone Rubber, (with 1971 Amendment), IBR approved for § 3280.611(d).
(s) HPVA (previously HPMA)—Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association
(HPVA) (previously named Hardwood
Plywood Manufacturers Association
(HPMA), 1825 Michael Faraday Drive,
Reston, VA 22090, telephone number
703–435–2900, fax number 703–435–2537,
Web site: http://www.hpva.org/.
(1) ANSI/HPVA HP–1–1994 (Approved
1995), American National Standard for
Hardwood and Decorative Plywood,
IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(2) HP–SG–96, Structural Design
Guide for Hardwood Plywood Wall Pan-

els, revised 1996, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(t) HUD User, 11491 Sunset Hills
Road, Reston, VA 20190–5254.
(1) HUD User No. 0005945, Overall Uvalues and Heating/Cooling Loads—
Manufactured Homes, February 1992.
IBR approved for § 3280.508(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(u) IIT Research Institute (IITRI), 10
West 35th Street, Chicago, IL 60616,
telephone number 312–567–4000, Web
site: http://www.iitri.org/.
(1) IITRI Fire and Safety Research
Project J–6461 ‘‘Development of Mobile
Home Fire Test Methods to Judge the
Fire-Safe Performance of Foam Plastic
Sheathing and Cavity Insulation’’, 1979,
IBR approved for § 3280.207(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(v) International Association of
Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(IAPMO),
4755
East
Philadelphia
Street, Ontario, CA 91716, telephone
number 909–472–4100, fax number 909–
472–4150, Web site: http://www.iapmo.org.
(1) IAPMO PS 2–89, Material and
Property Standard for Cast Brass and
Tubing P-Traps, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(2) IAPMO PS 4–90, Material and
Property Standard for Drains for Prefabricated and Precast Showers, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(3) IAPMO PS 5–84, Material and
Property Standard for Special Cast
Iron Fittings, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(4) IAPMO PS 9–84, Material and
Property Standard for Diversion Tees
and Twin Waste Elbow, IBR approved
for § 3280.604(b).
(5) IAPMO PS 14–89, Material and
Property Standard for Flexible Metallic Water Connectors, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(6) IAPMO PS 23–89, Material and
Property Standard for Dishwasher
Drain Airgaps, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(7) IAPMO PS 31–91, Material and
Property Standards for Backflow Prevention Assemblies, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(8) IAPMO TSC 9–97, Standard for
Gas Supply Connectors for Manufactured Homes, IBR approved for
§ 3280.703.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00048

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.4

(9) IAPMO TSC 22–85, Standard for
Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel
Plumbing Fixtures, IBR approved for
§ 3280.604(b).
(w) Military Specifications and
Standards, Naval Publications and
Forms Center (MIL), 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
(1) MIL–L–10547E–1975, Liners, Case,
and Sheet, Overwrap; Water-Vapor
Proof or Waterproof, Flexible, IBR approved for § 3280.611(d).
(2) [Reserved]
(x) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), 1300 North
17th Street, Suite 1752, Arlington, VA
22209, telephone number 703–841–3200,
fax number 703–841–5900, Web site:
http://www.nema.org/Pages/default.aspx.
(1) ANSI/NEMA WD–6–1997 Wiring Devices–Dimensional Specifications, IBR
approved for § 3280.803(f).
(2) [Reserved]
(y) International Code Council Evaluation Service (NER), (previously
known as National Evaluation Service), 5360 Workman Mill Road, Whittier, CA 90601–0543, telephone number 1–
800–423–6587, ext. 66546, fax number 562–
695–4694, Web site: http://www.icc-es.org.
(1) NER–272, National Evaluation Report, Power Driven Staples, Nails, and
Allied Fasteners for Use in All Types of
Building Construction, Reissued September 1, 1997, IBR approved for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(z) National Fenestration Rating
Council (NFRC), 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite
140, Greenbelt, MD 20770, telephone
number 301–589–1776, fax number 301–
589–3884, Web site: http://www.nfrc.org.
(1) NFRC 100, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors, 1997 Edition, IBR approved for
§ 3280.508(e).
(2) [Reserved]
(aa) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park,
Quincy, MA 02269, phone number 617–
770–3000, fax number 617–770–0700, Web
site: http://www.nfpa.org.
(1) NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment, 2001,
IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and
3280.707(f).
(2) NFPA 54–2002, National Fuel Gas
Code, IBR approved for § 3280.703.

(3) NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum
Gas Code, 2001 Edition, IBR approved
for §§ 3280.703 and 3280.704(b).
(4) NFPA No. 70–2005, National Electrical Code, IBR approved as follows:
(i) Article 110.22, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(ii) Article 210.12(A) and (B), IBR approved for § 3280.801(b).
(iii)Article 220.61, IBR approved for
§ 3280.811(b).
(iv) Article 230, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(v) Article 250.24, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(vi) Article 250.26, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(vii) Article 250.28, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(viii) Article 312.2(A), IBR approved
for §§ 3280.803(k) and 3280.804(k).
(x) Table 314.16(A), IBR approved for
§§ 3280.808(m) and 3280.808(q).
(ix) Article 314.23(B), IBR approved
for §§ 3280.808(m) and 3280.808(q).
(xi)Article 406.3, IBR approved for
§ 3280.807(d).
(xii)Article 410.4(D), IBR approved for
§ 3280.805(a).
(xiii)Article 440, IBR approved for
§ 3280.805(a).
(xiv) Article 440.65, IBR approved for
§ 3280.801(b).
(xv) Part II of Article 550, IBR approved for §§ 3280.801(a) and 3280.801(b).
(xvi) Article 550.25(a), IBR approved
for § 3280.801(b).
(xvii) Article 680.70, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.607(c) and 3280.801(a).
(xviii)Article 680.71, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.607(c) and 3280.801(a).
(xix)Articles 680.72, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.607(c) and 3280.801(a).
(5) NFPA 90B, Warm Air Heating and
Air Conditioning Systems, 1996 Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(6) NFPA 220, Standard on Types of
Building Construction, Chapter 2: definitions of ‘‘limited combustible’’ and
‘‘noncombustible material’’, 1995 Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.202.
(7) NFPA 253, Standard Method of
Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor
Covering Systems Using a Radiant
Heat Energy Source, 2000, IBR approved for § 3280.207(c).

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00049

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.4

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(8) NFPA 255, Standard Method of
Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 1996, IBR approved for §§ 3280.203(a) and 3280.207(a).
(bb) U.S. Department of Commerce,
National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), Office of Engineering Standards, Room A–166, Technical
Building, Washington, DC 20234 and
Voluntary Product Division, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 2100, Gaithersburg,
MD 20899–2100, telephone number 301975–4000, fax number 301–975–4715, Web
site: http://www.nist.gov.
(1) PS 1–95, Construction and Industrial Plywood (With Typical APA
Trademarks),
IBR
approved
for
§ 3280.304(b).
(2) Voluntary Product Standard PS
2–04, Performance Standard for WoodBased Structural-Use Panels, December 2004, IBR approval for § 3280.304(b).
(cc) National Sanitation Foundation
(NSF), 789 North Dixboro Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48105, telephone number 734–
769–8010, fax number 734–769–0109, Web
site: http://www.nsf.org.
(1) ANSI/NSF 14–1990, Plastic Piping
Components and Related Materials,
IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(2) ANSI/NSF 24–1988, Plumbing System Components for Manufactured
Homes and Recreational Vehicles, IBR
approved for § 3280.604(b).
(3) ANSI/NSF 61–2001, Drinking Water
System Components–Health Effects,
IBR approved for § 3280.604(b).
(dd) Resources, Applications, Designs, & Controls (RADCO), 3220 East
59th Street, Long Beach, CA 90805, telephone number 562–272–7231, fax number
562–529–7513,
Web
site:
http://
www.radcoinc.com.
(1) RADCO DS–010–91, Decorative Gas
Appliances for Installation in Solid
Fuel Burning Fireplaces, May 1991, IBR
approved for § 3280.703.
(2) [Reserved]
(ee) Society of Automotive Engineers
(SAE),
400
Commonwealth
Drive,
Warrendale, PA 15096, telephone number 724–776–0790, Web site: http://
www.sae.org/.
(1) SAE–J533b–1992, Flares for Tubing, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and
3280.705(f).
(2) [Reserved]
(ff) Steel Joist Institute (SJI), 234
West Cheves Street, Florence, SC 29501,

telephone number 843–407–4091, Web
site: http://steeljoist.org.
(1) Standard Specifications Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists
and Joist Girders, SJI 1994, Fortieth
Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(gg) Truss Plate Institute (TPI), 218
North Lee Street, Suite 312, Alexandria, VA 22314, telephone number 703–
683–1010, fax number 866–501–4012, Web
site: http://www.tpinst.org/index.html.
(1) TPI–85, Design Specifications for
Metal Plate and Wood Connected
Trusses, IBR approved for § 3280.304(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(hh) Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.
(UL), 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook,
IL 60062, telephone number 847–272–8800,
fax number 847–509–6257, Web site:
http://www.ul.com.
(1) UL 94–1996, with 2001 revisions,
Test for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances, Fifth Edition, IBR approved for
§ 3280.715(e).
(2) UL 103–1995, with 1999 revisions,
Factory-Built Chimneys for Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances, Ninth Edition, IBR approved for
§ 3280.703.
(3) UL 109–1997, with 2001 revisions,
Tube Fittings for Flammable and Combustible Fluids, Refrigeration Service,
and Marine Use, Sixth Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(4) UL 127–1996, with 1999 revisions,
Factory-Built Fireplaces, Seventh Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(5) UL 174–1996, with 1997 revisions,
Household Electric Storage Tank
Water Heaters, Tenth Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(6) UL 181 Factory-Made Air Ducts
and Air Connectors, Ninth Edition,
April 4, 1996, with revisions through
May 15, 2003, IBR approved for
§§ 3280.702, 3280.703 and 3280.715(a).
(7) UL 181A, 1994, with 1998 revisions,
Standard for Safety Closure Systems
for use with Rigid Air Ducts and Air
Connectors, Second Edition, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and 3280.715(c).
(8) UL 181B, 1995, with 1998 revisions,
Standard for Safety Closure Systems
for use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air
Connectors, First Edition, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and 3280.715(c).

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00050

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.5
number 416–757–8727, Web site: http://
www.ul.com/canada/eng/pages/.
(1) CAN/ULC S102.2–M88, Standard
Method of Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Floor Coverings and
Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies, Fourth Edition, April 1988, IBR
approved for § 3280.207(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(jj) Window and Door Manufacturers
Association
(WDMA)
(Previously
known as the National Wood Window
and Door Association, (NWWDA)), 2025
M Street, NW., Suite 800, Washington,
DC 20036–3309, telephone number 202–
367–1157,
Web
site:
https://
www.wdma.com.
(1) NWWDA I.S.4–81, Water Repellent
Preservative Non-Pressure Treatment
for Millwork, IBR approved for
§ 3280.405(b).
(2) [Reserved]

(9) UL 217, Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms, Fifth Edition,
dated January 4, 1999, IBR approved for
§ 3280.208(a).
(10) UL 268, Smoke Detectors for Fire
Protective Signaling Systems, Fourth
Edition, dated January 4, 1999, IBR approved for § 3280.208(a).
(11) UL 307A–1995, Liquid Fuel-Burning Heating Appliances for Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles, Seventh Edition, with 1997 revisions, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and
3280.707(f).
(12) UL 307B–1995, Gas Burning Heating
Appliances
for
Manufactured
Homes and Recreational Vehicles,
Fourth Edition, with 1998 revisions,
IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(13) UL 311, 1994, with 1998 revisions,
Roof Jacks for Manufactured Homes
and Recreational Vehicles, Eighth Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(14) UL 441, 1996 with 1999 revisions,
Gas Vents, Ninth Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(15) UL 569, 1995 with 2001 revisions,
Pigtails and Flexible Hose Connectors
for LP-Gas, Seventh Edition, IBR approved for §§ 3280.703 and 3280.705(k).
(16) UL 737, 1996, Fireplace Stoves,
Eight Edition, with 2000 revisions, IBR
approved for § 3280.703.
(17) UL 923 Microwave Cooking Appliances, Fifth Edition, May 23, 2002, IBR
approved for § 3280.204(c).
(18) UL 1042–1994, Electric Baseboard
Heating Equipment, Fourth Edition,
with 1998 revisions, IBR approved for
§ 3280.703.
(19) UL 1096, 1986, Electric Central Air
Heating Equipment, Fourth Edition
with revisions July 16, 1986, and January 30, 1988, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(20) UL 1482, 1996, with 2000 revisions,
Solid-Fuel Type Room Heaters, Fifth
Edition, IBR approved for § 3280.703.
(21) UL 1995, 1995, Heating and Cooling Equipment, Second Edition, with
1999 revisions, IBR approved for
§ 3280.703.
(22) UL 2021–1997. Fixed and LocationDedicated Electric Room Heaters, Second Edition, with 1998 revisions, IBR
approved for § 3280.703.
(ii) Underwriters’ Laboratories of
Canada (ULC), 7 Underwriters Road,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M1 R 3A9,
telephone number 866–937–3852, fax

[78 FR 73976, Dec. 9, 2013, as amended at 79
FR 31863, June 3, 2014]

§ 3280.5 Data plate.
Each manufactured home shall bear a
data plate affixed in a permanent manner near the main electrical panel or
other readily accessible and visible location. Each data plate shall be made
of material what will receive typed information as well as preprinted information, and which can be cleaned of ordinary smudges or household dirt without removing information contained on
the data plate; or the data plate shall
be covered in a permanent manner with
materials that will make it possible to
clean the data plate of ordinary dirt
and smudges without obscuring the information. Each data plate shall contain not less than the following information:
(a) The name and address of the manufacturing plant in which the manufactured home was manufactured.
(b) The serial number and model designation of the unit, and the date the
unit was manufactured.
(c) The applicable statement:
This manufactured home is designed to
comply with the Federal Manufactured
Home Construction and Safety Standards in
force at the time of manufacture.or
This manufactured home has been substantially completed in accordance with an approved design and has been inspected (except
for the components specifically identified in

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00051

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.6

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

the instructions for completion on-site) in
accordance with the Federal Manufactured
Home Construction and Safety Standards
and the requirements of the Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) in
effect on the date of manufacture.

⁄ inch minimum in height. Numbers
must not be stamped into hitch assembly or drawbar.

§ 3280.7

(d) A list of the certification label(s)
number(s) that are affixed to each
transportable manufactured section
under § 3280.8.
(e) A list of major factory-installed
equipment, including the manufacturer’s name and the model designation of
each appliance.
(f) Reference to the roof load zone
and wind load zone for which the home
is designed and duplicates of the maps
as set forth in § 3280.305(c). This information may be combined with the
heating/cooling certificate and insulation zone map required by §§ 3280.510
and 3280.511. The Wind Zone Map on the
Data Plate shall also contain the statement:

[52 FR 4581, Feb. 12, 1987]

§ 3280.8

(g) The statement:
This home has—has not—(appropriate
blank to be checked by manufacturer) been
equipped with storm shutters or other protective coverings for windows and exterior
door openings. For homes designed to be located in Wind Zones II and III, which have
not been provided with shutters or equivalent covering devices, it is strongly recommended that the home be made ready to
be equipped with these devices in accordance
with the method recommended in the manufacturers printed instructions.

(h) The statement: ‘‘Design Approval
by’’, followed by the name of the agency that approved the design.

[58 FR 55003, Oct. 25, 1993]

[59 FR 2469, Jan. 14, 1994, as amended at 80
FR 53727, Sept. 8, 2015]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Waivers.

(a) Where any material piece of
equipment, or system which does not
meet precise requirements or specifications set out in the standard is shown,
to the satisfaction of the Secretary, to
meet an equivalent level of performance, the Secretary may waive the
specifications set out in the Standard
for that material, piece of equipment,
or system.
(b) Where the Secretary is considering issuing a waiver to a Standard,
the proposed waiver shall be published
in the FEDERAL REGISTER for public
comment, unless the Secretary, for
good cause, finds that notice is impractical, unnecessary or contrary to the
public interest, and incorporates into
the waiver that finding and a brief
statement of the reasons therefor.
(c) Each proposed and final waiver
shall include:
(1) A statement of the nature of the
waiver; and
(2) Identification of the particular
standard affected.
(d) All waivers shall be published in
the FEDERAL REGISTER and shall state
their effective date. Where a waiver
has been issued, the requirements of
the Federal Standard to which the
waiver relates may be met either by
meeting the specifications set out in
the Standard or by meeting the requirements of the waiver published in
the FEDERAL REGISTER.

This home has not been designed for the
higher wind pressures and anchoring provisions required for ocean/coastal areas and
should not be located within 1500′ of the
coastline in Wind Zones II and III, unless the
home and its anchoring and foundation system have been designed for the increased requirements specified for Exposure D in ANSI/
ASCE 7–88.

§ 3280.6

Excluded structures.

Certain structures may be excluded
from these Standards as modular
homes under 24 CFR 3282.12.

§ 3280.9

Interpretative bulletins.

Interpretative bulletins may be
issued for the following purposes:
(a) To clarify the meaning of the
Standard; and
(b) To assist in the enforcement of
the Standard.

Serial number.

(a) A manufactured home serial number which will identify the manufacturer and the state in which the manufactured home is manufactured, must
be stamped into the foremost cross
member. Letters and numbers must be

[58 FR 55003, Oct. 25, 1993]

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00052

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.103

Use of alternative construc-

manufactured home from the tow bar
end of the manufactured home.

Requests for alternative construction
can be made pursuant to 24 CFR 3282.14
of this chapter.

[42 FR 960, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
47553, Dec. 15, 1987. Redesignated and amended at 58 FR 55003, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.10
tion.

[58 FR 55003, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.11

Subpart B—Planning
Considerations

Certification label.

(a) A permanent label shall be affixed
to each transportable section of each
manufactured home for sale or lease in
the United States. This label shall be
separate and distinct from the data
plate which the manufacturer is required to provide under § 3280.5 of the
standards.
(b) The label shall be approximately 2
in. by 4 in. in size and shall be permanently attached to the manufactured
home by means of 4 blind rivets, drive
screws, or other means that render it
difficult to remove without defacing it.
It shall be etched on 0.32 in. thick aluminum plate. The label number shall
be etched or stamped with a 3 letter
designation which identifies the production inspection primary inspection
agency and which the Secretary shall
assign. Each label shall be marked with
a 6 digit number which the label supplier shall furnish. The labels shall be
stamped with numbers sequentially.
(c) The label shall read as follows:

§ 3280.101

§ 3280.102

Definitions.

(a) Gross floor area means all space,
wall to wall, including recessed entries
not to exceed 5 sq. ft. and areas under
built-in vanities and similar furniture.
Where the ceiling height is less than
that specified in § 3280.104, the floor
area under such ceilings shall not be
included. Floor area of closets shall not
be included in the gross floor area.
(b) Habitable room means a room or
enclosed floor space arranged for living, eating, food preparation, or sleeping purposes not including bathrooms,
foyers, hallways, and other accessory
floor space.
(c) Laundry area means an area containing or designed to contain a laundry tray, clothes washer and/or clothes
dryer.

As evidenced by this label No. ABC 000001,
the manufacturer certifies to the best of the
manufacturer’s knowledge and belief that
this manufactured home has been inspected
in accordance with the requirements of the
Department of Housing and Urban Development and is constructed in conformance with
the Federal manufactured home construction and safety standards in effect on the
date of manufacture. See date plate.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Scope.

Subpart B states the planning requirements in manufactured homes.
The intent of this subpart is to assure
the adequacy of architectural planning
considerations which assist in determining a safe and healthful environment.

§ 3280.103

Light and ventilation.

(a) Lighting. Each habitable room
shall be provided with exterior windows and/or doors having a total glazed
area of not less than 8 percent of the
gross floor area.
(1) Kitchens, bathrooms, toilet compartments, laundry areas, and utility
rooms may be provided with artificial
light in place of windows.
(2) Rooms and areas may be combined for the purpose of providing the
required natural lighting provided that
at least one half of the common wall
area is open and unobstructed, and the
open area is at least equal to 10 percent
of the combined floor area or 25 square
feet whichever is greater.

(d) The label shall be located at the
tail-light end of each transportable
section of the manufactured home approximately one foot up from the floor
and one foot in from the road side, or
as near that location on a permanent
part of the exterior of the manufactured home unit as practicable. The
road side is the right side of the manufactured home when one views the

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00053

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.104

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(b) Whole-house ventilation. Each
manufactured home must be provided
with whole-house ventilation having a
minimum capacity of 0.035 ft3/min/ft2 of
interior floor space or its hourly average equivalent. This ventilation capacity must be in addition to any openable
window area. In no case shall the installed ventilation capacity of the system be less than 50 cfm nor more than
90 cfm. The following criteria must be
adhered to:
(1) The ventilation capacity must be
provided by a mechanical system or a
combination passive and mechanical
system. The ventilation system or provisions for ventilation must not create
a positive pressure in Uo Value Zone 2
and Zone 3 or a negative pressure condition in Uo Value Zone 1. Mechanical
systems must be balanced. Combination passive and mechanical systems
must have adequately sized inlets or
exhaust to release any unbalanced
pressure. Temporary pressure imbalances due to gusting or high winds are
permitted.
(2) The ventilation system or provisions for ventilation must exchange air
directly with the exterior of the home,
except the ventilation system, or provisions for ventilation must not draw
or expel air with the space underneath
the home. The ventilation system or
provisions for ventilation must not
draw or expel air into the floor, wall,
or ceiling/roof systems, even if those
systems are vented. The ventilation
system must be designed to ensure that
outside air is distributed to all bedrooms and main living areas. The combined use of undercut doors or transom
grills connecting those areas to the
room where the mechanical system is
located is deemed to meet this requirement.
(3) The ventilation system or a portion of the system is permitted to be
integral with the home’s heating or
cooling system. The system must be
capable of operating independently of
the heating or cooling modes. A ventilation system that is integral with
the heating or cooling system is to be
listed as part of the heating and cooling system or listed as suitable for use
with that system.
(4) A mechanical ventilation system,
or mechanical portion thereof, must be

provided with a manual control, and
must be permitted to be provided with
automatic timers or humidistats.
(5) A whole-house ventilation label
must be attached to the whole-house
ventilation control, must be permanent, and must state: ‘‘WHOLE-HOUSE
VENTILATION’’.
(6) Instructions for correctly operating and maintaining whole-house
ventilation systems must be included
with the homeowner’s manual. The instructions must encourage occupants
to operate these systems whenever the
home is occupied, and must refer to the
labeled whole-house ventilation control.
(c) Additional ventilation. (1) At least
half of the minimum required glazed
area in paragraph (a) of this section
shall be openable directly to the outside of the manufactured home for unobstructed ventilation. These same
ventilation requirements apply to
rooms combined in accordance with
§ 3280.103(a)(2).
(2) Kitchens shall be provided with a
mechanical ventilation system that is
capable of exhausting 100 cfm to the
outside of the home. The exhaust fan
shall be located as close as possible to
the range or cook top, but in no case
farther than 10 feet horizontally from
the range or cook top.
(3) Each bathroom and separate toilet compartment shall be provided with
a mechanical ventilation system capable of exhausting 50 cfm to the outside
of the home. A separate toilet compartment may be provided with 1.5 square
feet of openable glazed area in place of
mechanical ventilation, except in Uo
value Zone 3.
[58 FR 55003, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 70
FR 72042, Nov. 30, 2005]

§ 3280.104 Ceiling heights.
(a) Every habitable room and bathroom shall have a minimum ceiling
height of not less than 7 feet, 0 inches
for a minimum of 50 percent of the
room’s floor area. The remaining area
may have a ceiling with a minimum
height of 5 feet, 0 inches. Minimum
height under dropped ducts, beams, etc.
shall be 6 feet, 4 inches.
(b) Hallways and foyers shall have a
minimum ceiling height of 6 feet, 6
inches.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00054

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.108
key-operated
lock
that
has
a
deadlocking latch or a key-operated
dead bolt with a passage latch. Locks
shall not require the use of a key for
operation from the inside.
(4) All exterior doors, including
storm and screen doors, opening outward shall be provided with a safety
door check.

§ 3280.105 Exit
facilities;
exterior
doors.
(a) Number and location of exterior
doors. Manufactured homes shall have a
minimum of two exterior doors located
remote from each other.
(1) Required egress doors shall not be
located in rooms where a lockable interior door must be used in order to exit.
(2) In order for exit doors to be considered remote from each other, they
must comply with all of the following:
(i) Both of the required doors must
not be in the same room or in a group
of rooms which are not defined by fixed
walls.
(ii) Single wide units. Doors may not
be less than 12 ft. c-c from each other
as measured in any straight line direction regardless of the length of path of
travel between doors.
(iii) Double wide units. Doors may not
be less than 20 ft. c-c from each other
as measured in any straight line direction regardless of the length of path of
travel between doors.
(iv) One of the required exit doors
must be accessible from the doorway of
each bedroom without traveling more
than 35 feet. The travel distance to the
exit door must be measured on the
floor or other walking surface along
the center-line of the natural and unobstructed path of travel starting at
the center of the bedroom door, curving around any corners or permanent
obstructions with a one-foot clearance
from, and ending at, the center of the
exit door.
(b) Door design and construction. (1)
Exterior swinging doors shall be constructed in accordance with § 3280.405
the ‘‘Standard for Swinging Exterior
Passage Doors for Use in Manufactured
Homes’’. Exterior sliding glass doors
shall be constructed in accordance with
§ 3280.403 the ‘‘Standard for Windows
and Sliding Glass Doors Used in Manufactured Homes’’.
(2) All exterior swinging doors must
provide a minimum 28-inch wide × 74inch high clear opening. Door seals are
permitted to reduce the opening, either
vertically or horizontally, a maximum
of one inch. All exterior sliding glass
doors must provide a minimum 28-inch
wide × 72-inch high clear opening.
(3) Each swinging exterior door other
than screen or storm doors shall have a

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 50 FR
9269, Mar. 7, 1985; 78 FR 73981, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.106 Exit facilities; egress windows and devices.
(a) Every room designed expressly for
sleeping purposes, unless it has an exit
door (see § 3280.105), shall have at least
one outside window or approved exit
device which meets the requirements
of § 3280.404, the ‘‘Standard for Egress
Windows and Devices for Use in Manufactured Homes.’’
(b) The bottom of the window opening shall not be more than 36 inches
above the floor.
(c) Locks, latches, operating handles,
tabs, and any other window screen or
storm window devices which need to be
operated in order to permit exiting,
shall not be located in excess of 54
inches from the finished floor.
(d) Integral rolled-in screens shall
not be permitted in an egress window
unless the window is of the hingedtype.
[49 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 49 FR
36086, Sept. 14, 1984; 52 FR 4581, Feb. 12, 1987]

§ 3280.107

Interior privacy.

Bathroom and toilet compartment
doors shall be equipped with a privacy
lock.
§ 3280.108

Interior passage.

(a) Interior doors having passage
hardware without a privacy lock, or
with a privacy lock not engaged, shall
open from either side by a single movement of the hardware mechanism in
any direction.
(b) Each manufactured home interior
door, when provided with a privacy
lock, shall have a privacy lock that has
an emergency release on the outside to
permit entry when the lock has been

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00055

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.109

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

locked by a locking knob, lever, button, or other locking device on the inside.

rior surface. When appliances are not
installed and a laundry area is provided, the area shall have a minimum
clear depth of 27 inches in addition to
the 28 inches required for passage. In
addition, a notice of the available
clearance for washer/dryer units shall
be posted in the laundry area. Minor
protrusions into the minimum hallway
width by doorknobs, trim, smoke
alarms or light fixtures are permitted.

§ 3280.109 Room requirements.
(a) Every manufactured home shall
have at least one living area with not
less than 150 sq. ft. of gross floor area.
(b) Rooms designed for sleeping purposes shall have a minimum gross
square foot floor area as follows:
(1) All bedrooms shall have at least 50
sq. ft. of floor area.
(2) Bedrooms designed for two or
more people shall have 70 sq. ft. of floor
area plus 50 sq. ft. for each person in
excess of two.
(c) Every room designed for sleeping
purposes shall have accessible clothes
hanging space with a minimum inside
depth of 22 inches and shall be equipped
with a rod and shelf.

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, and further redesignated at 58 FR 55004, Oct. 25, 1993; 67 FR
12817, Mar. 19, 2002]

§ 3280.113

(a) Windows and sliding glass doors.
All windows and sliding glass doors
shall
meet
the
requirements
of
§ 3280.403 the ‘‘Standard for Windows
and Sliding Glass Doors Used in Manufactured Homes’’.
(b) Hazardous locations requiring safety
glazing. Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the following
locations and areas require the use of
safety glazing conforming to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) Glazing in all entrance or exit
doors;
(2) Glazing in fixed and sliding panels
of sliding glass doors;
(3) Glazing in storm-type doors;
(4) Glazing in unframed side-hinged
swinging doors;
(5) Glazing in doors and fixed panels
less than 60 inches above the room
floor level that enclose bathtubs, showers, hydromassage tubs, hot tubs,
whirlpools, saunas;
(6) Glazing within 12 inches horizontally, as measured from the edge of
the door in the closed position, and 60
inches vertically as measured from the
room floor level, adjacent to and in the
same plane of a door;
(7) Glazing within 36 inches of an interior room walking surface when the
glazing meets all of the following:
(i) Individual glazed panels exceed 9
square feet in area in an exposed surface area;
(ii) The bottom edge of the exposed
glazing is less than 19 inches above the
room floor level; and

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, and further redesignated at 58 FR 55004, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.110 Minimum room dimensions.
The gross floor area required by
§ 3280.110 (a) and (b) shall have no clear
horizontal dimension less than 5 feet
except as permitted by § 3280.102(a).
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, and further redesignated at 58 FR 55004, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.111 Toilet compartments.
Each toilet compartment must have
a minimum width of 30 inches, with a
minimum clear space of 21 inches in
front of each toilet. A toilet located adjacent to a wall must have the centerline of the toilet located a minimum of
15 inches from the wall. A toilet located adjacent to a tub must have the
center-line of the toilet located a minimum of 12 inches from the outside
edge of the tub.
[78 FR 73981, Dec. 9, 2013]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Glass and glazed openings.

§ 3280.112 Hallways.
Hallways shall have a minimum horizontal dimension of 28 inches measured
from the interior finished surface to
the interior finished surface of the opposite wall. When appliances are installed in a laundry area, the measurement shall be from the front of the appliance to the opposite finished inte-

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00056

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.202

(iii) The top edge of the exposed glazing is greater than 36 inches above the
room floor level.
(8) Glazing in rails and guardrails;
and
(9) Glazing in unbacked mirrored
wardrobe doors (i.e., mirrors that are
not secured to a backing that is capable of being the door itself).
(c) Safety glazing material is considered to be any glazing material capable
of meeting the requirements of Consumer Product Safety Commission 16
CFR part 1201, or Standard for Safety
Glazing Materials used in Buildings
—Safety Performance Specifications
and Methods of Test, ANSI Z97.1–2004
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
(d) Glazing in the following locations
is not required to meet the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Openings in doors through which a
3-inch sphere is unable to pass;
(2) Leaded and decorative glazed panels;
(3) Glazing in jalousie-type doors;
(4) Glazing as described in paragraph
(b)(6) of this section when an intervening wall or other permanent barrier
exists between the door and the glazing;
(5) Glazing as described in paragraph
(b)(7) of this section when a protective
bar or member is installed horizontally
between 34 inches and 38 inches above
the room floor level, as long as the bar
or member is a minimum of 11⁄2 inches
in height and capable of resisting a
horizontal load of 50 pounds per lineal
foot; and
(6) Mirrors mounted on a flush door
surface or solid wall surface.

§ 3280.202 Definitions.
The following definitions are applicable to subparts C, H, and I of the Standards:
Combustible material: Any material
not meeting the definition of limitedcombustible or non-combustible material.
Flame-spread rating: The measurement of the propagation of flame on
the surface of materials or their assemblies as determined by recognized
standard tests conducted as required
by this subpart.
Interior finish: The surface material
of walls, fixed or movable partitions,
ceilings, columns, and other exposed
interior surfaces affixed to the home’s
structure including any materials such
as paint or wallpaper and the substrate
to which they are applied. Interior finish does not include:
(1) Trim and sealant 2 inches or less
in width adjacent to the cooking range
and in furnace and water heater spaces
provided it is installed in accordance
with the requirements of § 3280.203(b)(3)
or (4), and trim 6 inches or less in
width in all other areas;
(2) Windows and frames;
(3) Single doors and frames and a series of doors and frames not exceeding
5 feet in width;
(4) Skylights and frames;
(5) Casings around doors, windows,
and skylights not exceeding 4 inches in
width;
(6) Furnishings which are not permanently affixed to the home’s structure;
(7) Baseboards not exceeding 6 inches
in height;
(8) Light fixtures, cover plates of
electrical receptacle outlets, switches,
and other devices;
(9) Decorative items attached to
walls and partitions (i.e., pictures, decorative objects, etc.) constituting no
more than 10% of the aggregate wall
surface area in any room or space not
more than 32 square feet in surface
area, whichever is less;
(10) Plastic light diffusers when suspended from a material which meets
the interior finish provisions of
§ 3280.203(b);
(11) Coverings and surfaces of exposed
wood beams; and
(12) Decorative items including the
following:

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4581, Feb. 12, 1987. Redesignated at 58 FR
55004, Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73981, Dec. 9, 2013]

Subpart C—Fire Safety
SOURCE: 49 FR 32008, Aug. 9, 1984, unless
otherwise noted.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.201

Scope.

The purpose of this subpart is to set
forth requirements that will assure
reasonable fire safety to the occupants
by reducing fire hazards and by providing measures for early detection.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00057

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.203

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(i) Non-structural beams not exceeding 6 inches in depth and 6 inches in
width and spaced not closer than 4 feet
on center;
(ii) Non-structural lattice work;
(iii) Mating and closure molding; and
(iv) Other items not affixed to the
home’s structure.
Limited combustible: A material meeting:
(1) The definition contained in Chapter 2 of NFPA 220–1995, Standard on
Types of Building Construction; or
(2) 5⁄16-inch or thicker gypsum board.
Noncombustible material: A material
meeting the definition contained in
Chapter 2 of NFPA 220–1995, Standard
on Types of Building Construction.
Smoke alarm: An alarm device that is
responsive to smoke.
Tactile notification appliance: A notification appliance that alerts by the
sense of touch or vibration.

(iv) 3⁄8-inch or thicker unfinished
particleboard with phenolic or urea
binder;
(v) Natural gum-varnished or latexor alkyd-painted:
(A) 1⁄4-inch or thicker plywood, or
(B) 3⁄8-inch or thicker particleboard,
or
(C) 1-inch or thicker nominal board;
(vi) 5⁄16-inch gypsum board with decorative wallpaper; and
(vii) 1⁄4-inch or thicker unfinished
hardboard,
(2) Flame-spread rating-25 to 200,
(i) Painted metal;
(ii) Mineral-base acoustic tile;
(iii) 5⁄16-inch or thicker unfinished
gypsum wallboard (both latex- or
alkyd-painted); and
(iv) Ceramic tile.
(The above-listed material applications
do not waive the requirements of
§ 3280.203(c) or § 3280.204 of this subpart.)
(b) Flame-spread rating requirements.
(1) The interior finish of all walls,
columns, and partitions shall not have
a flame spread rating exceeding 200 except as otherwise specified herein.
(2) Ceiling interior finish shall not
have a flame spread rating exceeding
75.
(3) Walls adjacent to or enclosing a
furnace or water heater and ceilings
above them shall have an interior finish with a flame spread rating not exceeding 25. Sealants and other trim
materials 2 inches or less in width used
to finish adjacent surfaces within these
spaces are exempt from this provision
provided that all joints are completely
supported by framing members or by
materials having a flame spread rating
not exceeding 25.
(4) Exposed interior finishes adjacent
to the cooking range shall have a flame
spread rating not exceeding 50, except
that backsplashes not exceeding 6
inches in height are exempted. Adjacent surfaces are the exposed vertical
surfaces between the range top height
and the overhead cabinets and/or ceiling and within 6 horizontal inches of
the cooking range. (Refer also to
§ 3280.204(a), Kitchen Cabinet Protection.) Sealants and other trim materials 2 inches or less in width used to
finish adjacent surfaces are exempt
from this provision provided that all

[58 FR 55004, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 67
FR 12817, Mar. 19, 2002; 70 FR 72042, Nov. 30,
2005]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.203 Flame spread limitations
and fire protection requirements.
(a) Establishment of flame spread rating. The surface flame spread rating of
interior-finish material must not exceed the value shown in § 3280.203(b)
when tested by Standard Test Method
for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials, ASTM E84–01, 2001,
or Standard Method of Test of Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials NFPA 255, 1996, except that
the surface flame spread rating of interior-finish
materials
required
by
§ 3280.203(b)(5) and (6) may be determined by using the Standard Test
Method for Surface Flammability of
Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source, ASTM E 162–94. However, the
following materials need not be tested
to establish their flame spread rating
unless a lower rating is required by the
standards in this part:
(1) Flame-spread rating—76 to 200.
(i) .035-inch or thicker high pressure
laminated plastic panel countertop;
(ii) 1⁄4-inch or thicker unfinished plywood with phenolic or urea glue;
(iii) Unfinished dimension lumber (1inch or thicker nominal boards);

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00058

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.205

joints are completely supported by a
framing member.
(5)
Kitchen
cabinet
doors,
countertops,
backsplashes,
exposed
bottoms, and end panels shall have a
flame spread rating not to exceed 200.
Cabinet rails, stiles, mullions, and top
strips are exempted.
(6) Finish surfaces of plastic bathtubs, shower units, and tub or shower
doors shall not exceed a flame spread
rating of 200.
(c) Fire protective requirements.
(1) Materials used to surface the following areas shall be of limited combustible material (e.g., 5⁄16-inch gypsum
board, etc.):
(i) The exposed wall adjacent to the
cooking range (see § 3280.203(b)(4));
(ii) Exposed bottoms and sides of
kitchen cabinets as required by
§ 3280.204;
(iii) Interior walls and ceilings enclosing furnace and/or water heater
spaces; and
(iv) Combustible doors which provide
interior or exterior access to furnace
and/or water heater spaces. The surface
may be interrupted for louvers ventilating the enclosure. However, the
louvers shall not be constructed of a
material of greater combustibility
than the door itself (e.g., plastic
louvers on a wooden door).
(2) No burner of a surface cooking
unit shall be closer than 12 horizontal
inches to a window or an exterior door
with glazing.

The 5⁄16-inch thick gypsum board or
equivalent material which is above the
top of the hood may be supported by
the hood. A 3⁄8-inch enclosed air space
shall be provided between the bottom
surface of the cabinet and the gypsum
board or equivalent material. The hood
shall be at least as wide as the cooking
range.
(b) The 3-inch metal eyebrow required by paragraph (a) of this section
will project from the front and rear
cabinet faces when there is no adjacent
surface behind the range, or the 5⁄16inch thick gypsum board or equivalent
material shall be extended to cover all
exposed rear surfaces of the cabinet.
(c) Alternative compliance. When all
exposed surfaces along the bottoms and
sides of combustible kitchen cabinets
are protected as described in paragraph
(a) of this section, the metal hood, the
5⁄16-inch thick gypsum board or equivalent material, and the 3⁄8-inch airspace
required by paragraph (a) of this section can be omitted, provided that:
(1) A microwave oven is installed between the cabinet and the range; and
(2) The microwave oven is equivalent
in fire protection to the metal range
hood required by paragraph (a) of this
section; and
(3) The microwave oven is certified to
be in conformance with Microwave
Cooking Appliances, UL 923–2002 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
(d) When a manufactured home is designed for the future installation of a
cooking range, the metal hood and cabinet protection required by paragraph
(a) of this section and the wall-surfacing protection behind the range required by § 3280.203 shall be installed in
the factory.
(e) Vertical clearance above cooking
top. Ranges shall have a vertical clearance above the cooking top of not less
than 24 inches to the bottom of combustible cabinets.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[49 FR 32008, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 58
FR 55005, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72042, Nov. 30,
2005]

§ 3280.204 Kitchen cabinet protection.
(a) The bottom and sides of combustible kitchen cabinets over cooking
ranges to a horizontal distance of 6
inches from the outside edge of the
cooking range shall be protected with
at least 5⁄16-inch thick gypsum board or
equivalent limited combustible material. One-inch nominal framing members and trim are exempted from this
requirement. The cabinet area over the
cooking range or cooktops shall be protected by a metal hood (26-gauge sheet
metal, or .017 stainless steel, or .024
aluminum, or .020 copper) with not less
than a 3-inch eyebrow projecting horizontally from the front cabinet face.

[49 FR 32008, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 78
FR 73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.205

Carpeting.

Carpeting shall not be used in a space
or compartment designed to contain
only a furnace and/or water heater.
Carpeting may be used in other areas

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00059

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.206

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)
less and a smoke developed index of 450
or less. The flame spread and smoke developed limitations do not apply to:
(1) Coverings and facings of insulation batts or blankets installed in concealed spaces when the facings are in
substantial contact with the unexposed
surface of wall, floor, or ceiling finish;
or
(2) Cellulose loose-fill insulation that
complies with paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Loose-fill insulation. (1) Cellulose
loose-fill insulation that is not sprayapplied or self-supporting must comply
with, and each package must be labeled
in accordance with the Consumer Product Safety Commission requirements
in 16 CFR parts 1209 and 1404.
(2) Other loose-fill insulation that
cannot be mounted in the NFPA 255–96,
test apparatus without a screen or
other artificial support must be tested
in accordance with CAN/ULC S102.2–
M88, Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Floor
Coverings and Miscellaneous Materials
and Assemblies (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4), and must have a
flame spread index of 25 or less and a
smoke developed index of 450 or less.
(c) Attic locations. Exposed insulation
installed on the floor or ceiling forming the lower boundary of the attic
must be tested in accordance with
NFPA 253–2000, Standard Method of
Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor
Covering Systems Using a Radiant
Heat Energy Source (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4) and must have a
critical radiant flux of not less than
0.12 watt/cm2.

where a furnace or water heater is installed, provided that it is not located
under the furnace or water heater.
§ 3280.206 Fireblocking.
(a) General. Fireblocking must comply with the requirements of this section. The integrity of all fireblocking
materials must be maintained.
(b)
Fireblocking
materials.
Fireblocking must consist of the following materials:
(1) Minimum one inch nominal lumber, 5⁄16 inch thick gypsum board, or
equivalent fire resistive materials; or
(2) Other Listed or Approved Materials;
(c)
Fireblocking
locations.
(1)
Fireblocking must be installed in concealed spaces of stud walls, partitions,
and furred spaces at the floor and ceiling levels. Concealed spaces must not
communicate between floor levels.
Concealed spaces must not communicate between a ceiling level and a
concealed roof area, or an attic space.
(2) Fireblocking must be installed at
the interconnection of a concealed
vertical space and a concealed horizontal space that occurs:
(i) Between a concealed wall cavity
and the ceiling joists above; and
(ii) At soffits, drop ceilings, cover
ceilings, and similar locations.
(3) Fireblocking must be installed
around the openings for pipes, vents,
and other penetrations in walls, floors,
and ceilings of furnace and water heater spaces. Pipes, vents, and other penetrations that cannot be moved freely
within their opening are considered to
be fireblocked. Materials used to
fireblock heat producing vent penetrations must be noncombustible or limited combustible types.

§ 3280.208 Requirements for foam plastic thermal insulating materials.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[71 FR 72042, Nov. 30, 2005]

(a) General. Foam plastic thermal insulating materials shall not be used
within the cavity of walls (not including doors) or ceilings or be exposed to
the interior of the home unless:
(1) The foam plastic insulating material is protected by an interior finish of
5⁄16-inch thick gypsum board or equivalent material for all cavities where the
material is to be installed; or
(2) The foam plastic is used as a
sheathing or siding backerboard, and
it:

§ 3280.207 Requirements for thermal
insulating materials.
(a) General. Except for foam plastic
materials and as provided in this section, exposed and concealed thermal
insulating materials, including any
facings, must be tested in accordance
with NFPA 255–96, Standard Method of
Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4) and
must have a flame spread index of 25 or

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00060

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.209

(i) Has a flame spread rating of 75 or
less and a smoke-developed rating of
450 or less (not including outer covering of sheathing);
(ii) Does not exceed 3⁄8-inch in thickness; and
(iii) Is separated from the interior of
the manufactured home by a minimum
of 2 inches of mineral fiber insulation
or an equivalent thermal barrier; or
(3) The foam plastic insulating material has been previously accepted by
the Department for use in wall and/or
ceiling
cavities
of
manufactured
homes, and it is installed in accordance
with any restrictions imposed at the
time of that acceptance; or
(4) The foam plastic insulating material has been tested as required for its
location in wall and/or ceiling cavities
in accordance with testing procedures
described in the Illinois Institute of
Technology Research Institute (IIT)
Report, ‘‘Development of Mobile Home
Fire Test Methods to Judge the FireSafe Performance of Foam Plastic
Sheathing and Cavity Insulation, IITRI
Fire and Safety Research Project J–
6461, 1979’’ or other full-scale fire tests
accepted by HUD, and it is installed in
a manner consistent with the way the
material was installed in the foam
plastic test module. The materials
must be capable of meeting the following acceptance criteria required for
their location:
(i) Wall assemblies. The foam plastic
system shall demonstrate equivalent or
superior performance to the control
module as determined by:
(A) Time to reach flashover (600 °C in
the upper part of the room);
(B) Time to reach an oxygen (O2)
level of 14% (rate of O2 depletion), a
carbon monoxide (CO) level of 1%, a
carbon dioxide (CO2) level of 6%, and a
smoke level of 0.26 optical density/
meter measured at 5 feet high in the
doorway; and
(C) Rate of change concentration for
O2, CO, CO2 and smoke measured 3
inches below the top of the doorway.
(ii) Ceiling assemblies. A minimum of
three valid tests of the foam plastic
system and one valid test of the control module shall be evaluated to determine if the foam plastic system
demonstrates equivalent or superior
performance to the control module. In-

dividual factors to be evaluated include
intensity of cavity fire (temperaturetime) and post-test damage.
(iii) Post-test damage assessment for
wall and ceiling assemblies. The overall
performance of each total system shall
also be evaluated in determining the
acceptability of a particular foam plastic insulating material.
(b) All foam plastic thermal insulating materials used in manufactured
housing shall have a flame spread rating of 75 or less (not including outer
covering or sheathing) and a maximum
smoke-developed rating of 450.
[49 FR 32008, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 70
FR 72043, Nov. 30, 2005. Redesignated at 78 FR
73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.209 Smoke alarm requirements.
(a) Labeling. Each smoke alarm required under paragraph (b) of this section must conform with the requirements of UL 217, Single and Multiple
Station Smoke Alarms, dated January
4, 1999 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4), or UL 268, Smoke Detectors
for Fire Protective Signaling Systems,
dated January 4, 1999 (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4), and must bear a
label to evidence conformance.
(b) Required smoke alarm locations. (1)
At least one smoke alarm must be installed in each of the following locations:
(i) To protect both the living area
and kitchen space. Manufacturers are
encouraged to locate the alarm in the
living area remote from the kitchen
and cooking appliances. A smoke
alarm located within 20 feet horizontally of a cooking appliance must
incorporate a temporary silencing feature or be of a photoelectric type.
(ii) In each room designed for sleeping.
(iii) On the ceiling of the upper level
near the top or above each stairway,
other than a basement stairway, in any
multistory home completed in accordance with this part or part 3282 of this
chapter. The alarm must be located so
that smoke rising in the stairway cannot be prevented from reaching the
alarm by an intervening door or obstruction.
(2) For each home designed to be
placed over a basement, the manufacturer must provide a smoke alarm for

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00061

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.209

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

the basement and must install at the
factory an electrical junction box for
the installation of this smoke alarm
and for its interconnection to other
smoke alarms required by this section.
The instructions for installers and information for homeowners required in
paragraph (f) of this section must
clearly indicate that a smoke alarm
should be installed and is to be located
on the basement ceiling near the stairway.
(3) A smoke alarm required under
this section must not be placed in a location that impairs its effectiveness or
in any of the following locations:
(i) Within 3 feet horizontally from
any discharge grille when a home is
equipped or designed for future installation of a roof-mounted evaporative
cooler or other equipment discharging
conditioned air through a ceiling grille
into the living space; and
(ii) In any location or environment
that is prohibited by the terms of its
listing, except as permitted by this section.
(c) Mounting requirements. (1) Except
in rooms with peaked sloping or shed
sloping ceilings with a slope of more
than 1.5/12 or as permitted pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section, smoke
alarms must be mounted either:
(i) On the ceiling at least 4 inches
from each wall; or
(ii) On a wall with the top of the
alarm not less than 4 inches below the
ceiling, and not farther from the ceiling than 12 inches or the distance from
the ceiling specified in the smoke
alarm manufacturer’s listing and instructions, whichever is less.
(2) Except as permitted pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section, in rooms
with peaked sloping ceilings with a
slope of more than 1.5/12, smoke alarms
must be mounted on the ceiling within
3 feet, measured horizontally, from the
peak of the ceiling; at least 4 inches,
measured vertically, below the peak of
the ceiling; and at least 4 inches from
any projecting structural element.
(3) Except as permitted pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section, in rooms
with shed sloping ceilings with a slope
of more than 1.5/12, smoke alarms must
be mounted on the ceiling within 3
feet, measured horizontally, of the high
side of the ceiling, and not closer than

4 inches from any adjoining wall surface and from any projecting structural
element.
(d) Connection to power source. (1)
Each smoke alarm must be powered
from:
(i) The electrical system of the home
as the primary power source and a battery as a secondary power source; or
(ii) A battery rated for a 10-year life,
provided the smoke alarm is listed for
use with a 10-year battery.
(2) Each smoke alarm whose primary
power source is the home electrical
system must be mounted on an electrical outlet box and connected by a
permanent wiring method to a general
electrical circuit. More than one
smoke alarm is permitted to be placed
on the same electrical circuit. The wiring circuit for the alarm must not include any switches between the overcurrent protective device and the
alarm, and must not be protected by a
ground fault circuit interrupter.
(3) Smoke alarms required under this
section must be interconnected such
that the activation of any one smoke
alarm causes the alarm to be triggered
in all required smoke alarms in the
home.
(e) Visible and tactile notification appliances. (1) In addition to the smoke
alarms required pursuant to this section, the manufacturer must provide
visible and listed tactile notification
appliances if these appliances are ordered by the purchaser or retailer before the home enters the first stage of
production. These appliances are required to operate from the primary
power source, but are not required to
operate from a secondary power source.
(2) A visible notification appliance in
a room designed for sleeping must have
a minimum rating of 177 candela, except that when the visible notification
appliance is wall-mounted or suspended
more than 24 inches below the ceiling,
a minimum rating of 110 candela is permitted.
(3) A visible notification appliance in
an area other than a room designed for
sleeping must have a minimum rating
of 15 candela.
(f) Testing and maintenance. (1) Each
required smoke alarm installed at the
factory must be operationally tested,
after conducting the dielectric test

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00062

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.302
(b) Protection against corrosion,
decay, insects, rodents, and other similar destructive forces;
(c) Protection against wind hazards;
(d) Resistance to the elements; and
(e) Durability and economy of maintenance.

specified in § 3280.810(a), in accordance
with the alarm manufacturer’s instructions. A smoke alarm that does not
function as designed during the test
and is not fixed so that it functions
properly in the next retest must be replaced. Any replacement smoke alarm
must be successfully tested in accordance with this paragraph.
(2) Home manufacturers must provide
specific written instructions for installers on how to inspect and test the
operation of smoke alarms during installation of the home. These instructions must indicate that any smoke
alarm that does not meet the inspection or testing requirements needs to
be replaced and retested.
(3) Home manufacturers must provide
the homeowner with the alarm manufacturer’s information describing the
operation, method and frequency of
testing, and proper maintenance of the
smoke alarm. This information must
be provided in same manner and location as the consumer manual required
by § 3282.207 of this chapter, but does
not have to be incorporated into the
consumer manual. No dealer, distributor, construction contractor, or
other person shall interfere with the
distribution of this information

[78 FR 73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.302 Definitions.
The following definitions are applicable to subpart D only:
Anchor assembly means any device or
other means designed to transfer home
anchoring loads to the ground.
Anchoring equipment means ties,
straps, cables, turnbuckles, chains, and
other approved components, including
tensioning devices that are used to secure a manufactured home to anchor
assemblies.
Anchoring system means a combination of anchoring equipment and anchor assemblies that will, when properly designed and installed, resist the
uplift, overturning, and lateral forces
on the manufactured home and on its
support and foundation system.
Diagonal tie means a tie intended to
resist horizontal or shear forces, but
which may resist vertical, uplift, and
overturning forces.
Footing: means that portion of the
support system that transmits loads
directly to the soil.
Foundation system means a system of
support that is capable of transferring
all design loads to the ground, including elements of the support system as
defined in this section, or a site-built
permanent foundation that meets the
requirements of 24 CFR 3282.12.
Ground anchor means a specific anchoring assembly device designed to
transfer home anchoring loads to the
ground.
Loads: (1) Dead load: means the
weight of all permanent construction
including walls, floors, roof, partition,
and fixed service equipment.
(2) Live load: means the weight superimposed by the use and occupancy of
the manufactured home, including
wind load and snow load, but not including dead load.
(3) Wind load: means the lateral or
vertical pressure or uplift on the manufactured home due to wind blowing in
any direction.

[67 FR 12817, Mar. 19, 2002, as amended at 67
FR 49795, July 31, 2002. Redesignated at 78 FR
73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.210 Fire testing.
All fire testing conducted in accordance with this subpart shall be performed by nationally recognized testing laboratories which have expertise
in fire technology. In case of dispute,
the Secretary shall determine if a particular agency is qualified to perform
such fire tests.
[49 FR 32011, Aug. 9, 1984. Redesignated at 78
FR 73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Subpart D—Body and Frame
Construction Requirements
§ 3280.301 Scope.
This subpart covers the minimum requirements for materials, products,
equipment, and workmanship needed to
assure that the manufactured home
will provide the following:
(a) Structural strength and rigidity;

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00063

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.303

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Main frame: means the structural
component on which is mounted the
body of the manufactured home.
Pier: means that portion of the support system between the footing and
manufactured home exclusive of caps
and shims.
Sheathing: means material which is
applied on the exterior side of a building frame under the exterior weather
resistant covering.
Stabilizing devices means all components of the anchoring and support systems, such as piers, footings, ties, anchoring equipment, anchoring assemblies, or any other equipment, materials, and methods of construction that
support and secure the manufactured
home to the ground.
Support system: means a combination
of footings, piers, caps, and shims that
will, when properly installed, support
the manufactured home.
Support system means any pilings, columns, footings, piers, foundation walls,
shims, and any combination thereof
that, when properly installed, support
the manufactured home.
Tie: means straps, cable, or securing
devices used to connect the manufactured home to ground anchors.
Vertical tie: means a tie intended to
resist the uplifting or overturning
forces.

(c) Structural analysis. The strength
and rigidity of the component parts
and/or the integrated structure shall be
determined by engineering analysis or
by suitable load tests to simulate the
actual loads and conditions of application that occur. (See subparts E and J.)
(d) [Reserved]
(e) New materials and methods. (1) Any
new material or method of construction not provided for in this standard
and any material or method of questioned suitability proposed for use in
the manufacture of the structure shall
nevertheless conform in performance
to the requirements of this standard.
(2) Unless based on accepted engineering design for the use indicated, all
new manufactured home materials,
equipment, systems or methods of construction not provided for in this
standard shall be subjected to the tests
specified in paragraph (g) of this section.
(f) Allowable design stress. The design
stresses of all materials shall conform
to accepted engineering practice. The
use of materials not certified as to
strength or stress grade shall be limited to the minimum allowable stresses
under accepted engineering practice.
(g) Alternative test procedures. In the
absence of recognized testing procedures either in the Standards in this
part or in the applicable provisions of
those standards incorporated in this
part by reference, the manufacturer
electing this option must develop or
cause to be developed testing procedures to demonstrate the structural
properties and significant characteristics of the material, assembly, subassembly component, or member, except for testing methods involving onepiece metal roofing as would be required in § 3280.305(c)(1)(iii). Such testing procedures become part of the manufacturer’s approved design. Such tests
must be witnessed by an independent
licensed professional engineer or architect or by a recognized testing organization. Copies of the test results must
be kept on file by the manufactured
home manufacturer.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[58 FR 55005, Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 15113, Mar.
31, 1994, as amended at 72 FR 59361, Oct. 19,
2007]

§ 3280.303 General requirements.
(a) Minimum requirements. The design
and construction of a manufactured
home shall conform with the provisions
of this standard. Requirements for any
size, weight, or quality of material
modified by the terms of minimum, not
less than, at least, and similar expressions are minimum standards. The
manufacturer or installer may exceed
these standards provided such deviation does not result in any inferior installation or defeat the purpose and intent of this standard.
(b) Construction. All construction
methods shall be in conformance with
accepted engineering practices to insure durable, livable, and safe housing
and shall demonstrate acceptable
workmanship reflecting journeyman
quality of work of the various trades.

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55005, Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 2469, Jan. 14, 1994;
70 FR 72043, Nov. 30, 2005]

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00064

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD
§ 3280.304

§ 3280.304
Design and Fabrication of Glued PlywoodLumber Beams, Supplement# 2—APA S 812R,
1992 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Design and Fabrication of Plywood Curved
Panels—APA–S 811M, Suppl. 1, 1990.
Design and Fabrication of Plywood Sandwich Panels, Supplement #4—APA U 814H,
1990 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Performance Standard for Wood-Based
Structural Use Panels—NIST PS 2–04, 2004
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Design and Fabrication of Plywood
Stressed-Skin Panels, Supplement 3—APA–U
813L, 1992 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4).
National Design Specifications for Wood
Construction, 2001 Edition, with Supplement,
Design Values for Wood Construction, NDS–
2001, ANSI/AFPA.
Wood Structural Design Data, 1986 Edition
with 1992 Revisions, AFPA.
Span Tables for Joists and Rafters—PS–20–
70, 1993, AFPA.
Design Values for Joists and Rafters 1992,
AFPA.
Particleboard—ANSI A208.1–1999.
Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum,
Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass
Doors—ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2–97.
Standard Test Methods for Puncture and
Stiffness of Paperboard, and Corrugated and
Solid Fiberboard—ASTM D781, 1973.
Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture
Content Measurement of Wood and WoodBase Materials—ASTM D 4442–92 (Re-approved 1997), 1997.
Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration of Hand-Held Moisture Meters—
ASTM D4444, 1992.
Engineered Wood Construction Guide—
APA E30R 2001 (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4).
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) For Interior Applications—ANSI A208.2–2002 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).

Materials.

(a) Dimension and board lumber shall
not exceed 19 percent moisture content
at time of installation.
(b)(1) Standards for some of the generally used materials and methods of
construction are listed in the following
table:
Aluminum
Aluminum Design Manual, Specifications
and Guidelines for Aluminum Structures,
Part 1-A, Sixth Edition, October 1994, and
Part 1-B, First Edition, October 1994.
Steel
Specification for Structural Steel Buildings—Allowable Stress Design and Plastic
Design—AISC–S335, 1989. The following parts
of this reference standard are not applicable:
1.3.3, 1.3.4, 1.3.5, 1.3.6, 1.4.6, 1.5.1.5, 1.5.5, 1.6,
1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10.4 through 1.10.7, 1.10.9, 1.11,
1.13, 1.14.5, 1.17.7 through 1.17.9, 1.19.1, 1.19.3,
1.20, 1.21, 1.23.7, 1.24, 1.25.1 through 1.25.5,
1.26.4, 2.3, 2.4, 2.8 through 2.10.
Specification for the Design of ColdFormed Steel Structural Members—AISI–
1996.
Specification for the Design of ColdFormed Stainless Steel Structural Members—SEI/ASCE 8–02, 2002.
Standard Specifications Load Tables and
Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist
Girders, SJI, Fortieth Edition, 1994.
Structural Applications of Steel Cables for
Buildings—ASCE19, 1996.
Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat
Steel and Seals—ASTM D3953, 1991.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Wood and Wood Products
Basic Hardboard—ANSI/AHA A135.4–1995.
Prefinished Hardboard Paneling—ANSI/
AHA A135.5–1995.
Hardboard Siding—ANSI/AHA A135.6–1998.
American National Standard for Hardwood
and Decorative Plywood—ANSI/HPVA HP–1–
1994 (Approved 1995).
Structural Design Guide for Hardwood Plywood Wall Panels—HPVA Design Guide HP–
SG–96, 1996.
For wood products—Structural Glued Laminated Timber—ANSI/AITC A190.1–1992.
Construction and Industrial Plywood (With
Typical APA Trademarks)—PS 1–95.
APA Design/Construction Guide, Residential and Commercial—APA E30-P–1996.
Design Specifications for Metal Plate and
Wood Connected Trusses—TPI–85.
Design and Fabrication of All-Plywood
Beams—APA H–815E (PDS Supplement #5),
1995.
Panel Design Specification—APA D410A,
2004.

Other
Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard—ASTM C 36/C 36M–99, 1999.
Fasteners
National Evaluation Report, Power Driven
Staples, Nails, and Allied Fasteners for Use
in All Types of Building Construction—NER–
272, 1997.
Unclassified
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and
Other Structures—ASCE 7–1988.
Standard for Safety Glazing Materials used
in Buildings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, ANSI Z97.1–2004
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).

(2) Materials and methods of construction utilized in the design and

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00065

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.305

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

construction of manufactured homes
which are covered by the standards in
the following table, or any applicable
portion thereof shall comply with these
requirements.
(3) Engineering analysis and testing
methods contained in these references
shall be utilized to judge conformance
with accepted engineering practices required in § 3280.303(c).
(4) Materials and methods of installation conforming to these standards
shall be considered acceptable when installed in conformance with the requirements of this part.
(5) Materials meeting the standards
(or the applicable portion thereof) are
considered acceptable unless otherwise
specified herein or unless substantial
doubt exists as to conformance.
(c) Wood products shall be identified
as complying with the appropriate
standards.

The roof live load or snow load shall
not be considered as acting simultaneously with the wind load and the
roof live or snow load and floor live
loads shall not be considered as resisting the overturning moment due to
wind.
(3) When engineering calculations are
performed, allowable unit stresses may
be increased as provided in the documents referenced in § 3280.304 except as
otherwise indicated in §§ 3280.304(b)(1)
and 3280.306(a).
(4) Whenever the roof slope does not
exceed 20 degrees, the design horizontal
wind loads required by § 3280.305(c)(1)
may be determined without including
the vertical roof projection of the manufactured home. However, regardless of
the roof slope of the manufactured
home, the vertical roof projection shall
be included when determining the wind
loading for split level or clerestorytype roof systems.
(c) Wind, snow, and roof loads—(1)
Wind loads—design requirements. (i)
Standard wind loads (Zone I). When a
manufactured home is not designed to
resist the wind loads for high-wind
areas (Zone II or Zone III) specified in
paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, the
manufactured home and each of its
wind-resisting parts and portions must
be designed for horizontal wind loads of
not less than 15 psf and a net uplift roof
load of not less than 9 psf. The net uplift roof load must not be reduced by
the dead load of the roof structure for
the purposes of engineering design or
structural load testing.
(ii) Wind loads for high wind areas
(Zone II and Zone III). When designed
for high wind areas (Zone II and Zone
III), the manufactured home, each of
its wind resisting parts (including, but
not limited to, shear walls, diaphragms, ridge beams, and their fastening and anchoring systems), and its
components and cladding materials (including, but not limited to, roof trusses, wall studs, exterior sheathing, roofing and siding materials, exterior glazing, and their connections and fasteners) shall be designed by a Professional Engineer or Architect to resist:
(A) The design wind loads for Exposure C specified in ANSI/ASCE 7–88,
‘‘Minimum Design Loads for Buildings
and Other Structures,’’ for a fifty-year

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR 55006,
Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 15113, Mar. 31, 1994; 70 FR
72043, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73982, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.305 Structural design requirements.
(a) General. Each manufactured home
shall be designed and constructed as a
completely integrated structure capable of sustaining the design load requirements of this standard, and shall
be capable of transmitting these loads
to stabilizing devices without exceeding the allowable stresses or deflections. Roof framing shall be securely
fastened to wall framing, walls to floor
structure, and floor structure to chassis to secure and maintain continuity
between the floor and chassis, so as to
resist wind overturning, uplift, and
sliding as imposed by design loads in
this part. Uncompressed finished flooring greater than 1⁄8 inch in thickness
shall not extend beneath load-bearing
walls that are fastened to the floor
structure.
(b) Design loads—(1) Design dead loads.
Design dead loads shall be the actual
dead load supported by the structural
assembly under consideration.
(2) Design live loads. The design live
loads and wind and snow loads shall be
as specified in this section and shall be
considered to be uniformly distributed.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00066

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.305

recurrence interval, and a design wind
speed of 100 mph, as specified for Wind
Zone II, or 110 mph, as specified for

Wind Zone III (Basic Wind Zone Map);
or
(B) The wind pressures specified in
the following table:

TABLE OF DESIGN WIND PRESSURES
Element

Wind zone II
design wind
speed 100
MPH

Wind zone III
design wind
speed 110
MPH

3 ±39

3 ±47

Anchorage for lateral and vertical stability (See § 3280.306(a)):
Net Horizontal Drag 1 2: ...................................................................................................
Uplift 4: .............................................................................................................................
Main wind force resisting system:
Shearwalls, Diaphragms and their Fastening and Anchorage Systems 1 2 ...................
Ridge beams and other Main Roof Support Beams (Beams supporting expanding
room sections, etc.) .....................................................................................................
Components and cladding:
Roof trusses 4 in all areas; trusses shall be doubled within 3′-0′ from each end of the
roof ..............................................................................................................................
Exterior roof coverings, sheathing and fastenings 4,6,7 in all areas except the following ..........................................................................................................................
Within 3′-0′ from each gable end (overhang at end wall) of the roof or
endwall if no overhang is provided 4,6,7 ........................................................
Within 3′-0′ from the ridge and eave (overhang at sidewall) or sidewall if no
eave is provided 4,6,7 ....................................................................................
Eaves (Overhangs at Sidewalls) 4,6,7 .............................................................................
Gables (Overhangs at Endwalls) 4,6,7 .............................................................................
Wall studs in sidewalls and endwalls, exterior windows and sliding glass doors (glazing and
framing), exterior coverings, sheathing and fastenings 8:
Within 3′-0′ from each corner of the sidewall and endwall ..............................
All other areas ..................................................................................................

5 ¥27

PSF
PSF

PSF
¥32 PSF

±39 PSF

±47 PSF

¥30 PSF

¥36 PSF

5 ¥39

PSF

5 ¥47

PSF

5 ¥39

PSF

5 ¥47

PSF

5 ¥73

PSF

5 ¥89

PSF

PSF
5 ¥51 PSF
5 ¥73 PSF

5 ¥62

PSF
PSF
PSF

5 ¥51

±48 PSF
±38 PSF

5 ¥62
5 ¥89

±58 PSF
±46 PSF

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

NOTES:
1 The net horizontal drag of ±39 PSF to be used in calculating Anchorage for Lateral and Vertical Stability and for the design of
Main Wind Force Resisting Systems is based on a distribution of wind pressures of + 0.8 or + 24 PSF to the windward wall and
¥0.5 or ¥15 PSF to the leeward wall.
2 Horizontal drag pressures need not be applied to roof projections when the roof slope does not exceed 20 degrees.
3 + sign would mean pressures are acting towards or on the structure; ¥ sign means pressures are acting away from the
structure; ±sign means forces can act in either direction, towards or away from the structure.
4 Design values in this ‘‘Table’’ are only applicable to roof slopes between 10 degrees (nominal 2/12 slope) and 30 degrees.
5 The design uplift pressures are the same whether they are applied normal to the surface of the roof or to the horizontal projection of the roof.
6 Shingle roof coverings that are secured with 6 fasteners per shingle through an underlayment which is cemented to a 3/8’’
structural rated roof sheathing need not be evaluated for these design wind pressures.
7 Structural rated roof sheathing that is at least 3/8’’ in thickness, installed with the long dimension perpendicular to roof framing supports, and secured with fasteners at 4’’ on center within 3′-0′ of each gable end or endwall if no overhang is provided and
6’’ on center in all other areas, need not be evaluated for these design wind pressures.
8 Exterior coverings that are secured at 6″ o.c. to a 3/8″ structural rated sheathing that is fastened to wall framing members at
6″ on center need not be evaluated for these design wind pressures.

(i) Wind Zone I. Wind Zone I consists
of those areas on the Basic Wind Zone
Map that are not identified in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section
as being within Wind Zone II or III, respectively.
(ii) Wind Zone II.....100 mph. The following areas are deemed to be within
Wind Zone II of the Basic Wind Zone
Map:

(iii) One-piece metal roofing capable
of resisting the design wind pressures
for ‘‘Components and Cladding: (Exterior roof coverings)’’ in the Table for
Design Wind Pressures in this section
is allowed to be used without structural sheathing, provided the metal
roofing is tested using procedures that
have been approved by HUD and that
meet all requirements of §§ 3280.303(c)
and (g) and 3280.401.
(2) Wind loads—zone designations. The
Wind Zone and specific wind design
load requirements are determined by
the fastest basic wind speed (mph)
within each Zone and the intended location, based on the Basic Wind Zone
Map, as follows:

Local governments: The following local governments listed by State (counties, unless
specified otherwise):
Alabama: Baldwin and Mobile.
Florida: All counties except those identified in paragraph (c)(1)(i)(C) of this section
as within Wind Zone III.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00067

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.305

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Georgia: Bryan, Camden, Chatham, Glynn,
Liberty, McIntosh.
Louisiana: Parishes of Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron,
East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana, Evangeline, Iberia, Iberville, Jefferson Davis, LaFayette, Livingston, Pointe Coupee, St. Helena, St. James, St. John the Baptist, St.
Landry,
St.
Martin,
St.
Tammany,
Tangipahoa, Vermillion, Washington, West
Baton Rouge, and West Feliciana.
Maine: Hancock and Washington.
Massachusetts: Barnstable, Bristol, Dukes,
Nantucket, and Plymouth.
Mississippi: George, Hancock, Harrison,
Jackson, Pearl River, and Stone.
North Carolina: Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Chowan, Columbus, Craven, Currituck,
Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico,
Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans, Tyrrell,
and Washington.
South
Carolina:
Beaufort,
Berkeley,
Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, Georgetown, Horry, Jasper, and Williamsburg.
Texas: Aransas, Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron,
Chambers,
Galveston,
Jefferson,
Kenedy, Kleberg, Matagorda, Nueces, Orange, Refugio, San Patricio, and Willacy.
Virginia: Cities of Chesapeake, Norfolk,
Portsmouth, Princess Anne, and Virginia
Beach.

Florida: Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade,
Franklin, Gulf, Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas, and
Sarasota.
Louisiana: Parishes of Jefferson, La Fourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St.
Charles, St. Mary, and Terrabonne.
North Carolina: Carteret, Dare, and Hyde.

(iii) Wind Zone III.....110 mph. The following areas are considered to be within Wind Zone III of the Basic Wind
Zone Map:
(A) States and Territories: The entire
State of Hawaii, the coastal regions of
Alaska (as determined by the 90 mph
isotach on the ANSI/ASCE 7–88 map),
and all of the U.S. Territories of American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana
Islands, Puerto Rico, Trust Territory
of the Pacific Islands, and the United
States Virgin Islands.
(B) Local governments: The following
local governments listed by State
(counties, unless specified otherwise):

North Zone ...............................................................
Middle Zone .............................................................
South Zone ..............................................................

(iv) Consideration of local requirements.
For areas where wind mapping data or
records or the requirements of the
State or local authority indicate wind
speeds in excess of those identified in
this section, the Department may establish, through rulemaking, more
stringent requirements for manufactured homes to be installed in such
areas.
(3) Snow and roof loads. (i) Flat,
curved and pitched roofs shall be designed to resist the following live
loads, applied downward on the horizontal projection as appropriate for the
design zone marked on the manufactured home:
Zone (see Map in § 3280.305(c)(4))

Maine—Aroostook, Piscataquis, Somerset,
Penobscot, Waldo, Knox, Hancock, and
Washington.
Alaska—All Counties

(B) Middle Roof Load Zone. The following counties in each of the following states are deemed to be within
the Middle Roof Load Zone:

States

Counties

South Dakota

Grant
Codington
Deuel
Hamlin
Kingsbury

Brookings
Miner
Lake
Moody
McCook

Hanson
Minnehaha
Hutchinson
Turner

Lincoln
Yankton
Union
Clay

Minnesota

Koochiching
Itasca
Hubbard
Cass
Crow Wing
Aitkin
St. Louis
Lake
Cook

Stearns
Swift
Kandiyohi
Meeker
Wright
Lac qui Parle
Chippewa
Yellow Medicine
Mille Lacs

Renville
McLeod
Carver
Dakota
Goodhue
Wabasha
Winona
Fillmore
Mower

Sibley
Nicollet
Blue Earth
Martin
Watonwan
Brown
Redwood
Lyon
Lincoln

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00068

40
30
20

(A) North Roof Load Zone. The following counties in each of the following states are deemed to be within
the North Roof Load Zone:

VerDate Sep<11>2014

Pounds
per
square
foot

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

States

§ 3280.305

Counties
Carlton
Pine
Wadena
Todd
Morrison
Douglas
Grant
Stevens
Pope

Kanabec
Benton
Isanti
Sherburne
Anoka
Chisapo
Washington
Hennepin
Ramsey

Olmsted
Dodge
Rice
Steele
Freeborn
Faribault
Waseca
Le Sueur
Scott

Pipestone
Murray
Cottonwood
Jackson
Nobles
Rock

Iowa

Hancock
Lyon
Osceola
Dickinson
Emmet
Kossuth
Winnebago
Worth

Mitchell
Howard
Chickasaw
Butler
Floyd
Cerro Gordo
Franklin
Hardin

Hamilton
Webster
Calhoun
Sac
Ida
Humboldt
Pocahontas
Palo Alto

Buena Vista
Cherokee
Plymouth
Sioux
O’Brien
Clay
Wright

Wisconsin

Douglas
Bayfield
Ashland
Iron
Vilas
Forest
Florence
Marinette
St. Croix

Oconto
Menominee
Langlade
Marathon
Clark
Jackson
Trempealeau
Buffalo

Pepin
Pierce
Dunn
Eau Claire
Chippewa
Rusk
Barron
Taylor

Lincoln
Oneida
Polk
Burnett
Washburn
Sawyer
Price
Door

Michigan

Houghton
Baraga
Marquette
Alger
Luce
Chippewa
Keweenaw
Ontonagon
Gogebic

Iron
Dickinson
Menominee
Delta
Schoolcraft
Mackinac
Cheyboygan
Emmet
Crawford

Presque Isle
Charlevoix
Montmorency
Alpena
Alcona
Ogemaw
Roscommon
Missaukee

Wexford
Benzie
Grand Traverse
Kalkaska
Oscoda
Otsego
Leelanau
Antrim

New York

St. Lawrence
Franklin
Clinton
Essex
Hamilton
Warren
Saratoga
Washington

Herkimer
Lewis
Oswego
Jefferson
Oneida
Fulton
Montgomery
Schenectady

Onondaga
Madison
Cayuga
Seneca
Wayne
Ontario
Yates
Livingston

Genesee
Orleans
Niagara
Erie
Wyoming
Monroe

Massachusetts

Essex

Maine

Franklin
Oxford

Kennebec
Androscoggin

Lincoln
Sagadahoc

Cumberland
York

Orleans
Essex
Chittenden

Caledonia
Washington
Orange

Addison
Rutland
Windsor

Montana

All Counties

Idaho

All Counties

Colorado

All Counties

Wyoming

All Counties

Utah

All Counties

Vermont

Franklin
Grand Isle
Lamoille

New Hampshire

All Counties

North Roof Load Zone in paragraph

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00069

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.305

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

(c)(3)(i)(A) of this section, or the Middle Roof Load Zone in paragraph
(c)(3)(i)(B) of this section, are deemed
to be within the South Roof Load Zone.
(ii) Consideration of local requirements.
For exposures in areas (mountainous or
other) where recognized snow records,
wind records, or the requirements of
the State or local authority indicate
significant differences from the loads
stated in this paragraph (c)(3), the Department may establish, through rulemaking, more stringent requirements
for manufactured homes to be installed
in such areas. For snow loads, such requirements must be based on a roof
snow load of 0.6 of the ground snow
load for areas exposed to wind and a
roof snow load of 0.8 of the ground snow
load for sheltered areas.
(iii) Eaves and cornices shall be designed for a net uplift pressure of 2.5
times the design uplift wind pressure
cited in § 3280.305(c)(1)(i) for Wind Zone

I, and for the design pressures cited in
§ 3280.305(c)(1)(ii) for Wind Zones II and
III.
(iv) Skylights must be capable of
withstanding roof loads as specified in
paragraphs (c)(3)(i) or (c)(3)(ii) of this
section. Skylights must be listed and
tested in accordance with AAMA 1600/
I.S.7–00, 2003, Voluntary Specification
for Skylights.
(4) Data plate requirements. The Data
Plate posted in the manufactured home
(see § 3280.5) shall designate the wind
and roof load zones or, if designed for
higher loads, the actual design external
snow and wind loads for which the
home has been designed. The Data
Plate shall include reproductions of the
Load Zone Maps shown in this paragraph (c)(4), with any related information. The Load Zone Maps shall be not
less than either 31⁄2 in. by 21⁄4 in., or
one-half the size illustrated in the Code
of Federal Regulations.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00070

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.305

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00071

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8006

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER14JA94.000

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(d) Design load deflection. (1) When a
structural assembly is subjected to
total design live loads, the deflection
for structural framing members shall

not exceed the following (where L
equals the clear span between supports
or two times the length of a cantilever):

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00072

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER20OC97.004

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.305

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.305

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Floor—L/240
Roof and ceiling—L/180
Headers, beams, and girders (vertical load)—
L/180
Walls and partitions—L/180

ble of resisting the applicable design
wind loads.
(f) Walls. The walls shall be of sufficient strength to withstand the load
requirements as defined in § 3280.305(c)
of this part, without exceeding the deflections as specified in § 3280.305(d).
The connections between the bearing
walls, floor, and roof framework members shall be fabricated in such a manner as to provide support for the material used to enclose the manufactured
home and to provide for transfer of all
lateral and vertical loads to the floor
and chassis.
(1) Except where substantiated by engineering analysis or tests, studs shall
not be notched or drilled in the middle
one-third of their length.
(2) Interior walls and partitions shall
be constructed with structural capacity adequate for the intended purpose
and shall be capable of resisting a horizontal load of not less than five pounds
per square foot. An allowable stress increase of 1.33 times the permitted published design values may be used in the
design of wood framed interior partitions. Finish of walls and partitions
shall be securely fastened to wall framing.
(g) Floors. (1) Floor assemblies shall
be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice standards to
support a minimum uniform live load
of 40 lb/ft 2 plus the dead load of the
materials. In addition (but not simultaneously), floors shall be able to support a 200–pound concentrated load on
a one-inch diameter disc at the most
critical location with a maximum deflection not to exceed one-eighth inch
relative to floor framing. Perimeter
wood joists of more than six inches
depth shall be stabilized against overturning from superimposed loads as follows: at ends by solid blocking not less
than two-inch thickness by full depth
of joist, or by connecting to a continuous header not less than two-inch
thickness and not less than the depth
of the joist with connecting devices; at
eight-feet
maximum
intermediate
spacing by solid blocking or by wood
cross-bridging of not less than one inch
by three inches, metal cross-bridging of
equal strength, or by other approved
methods.

(2) The allowable eave or cornice deflection for uplift is to be measured at
the design uplift load of 9 psf for Wind
Zone I, and at the design uplift pressure cited in paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this
section for Wind Zones II and III. The
allowable deflection shall be (2 × Lc)/
180, where Lc is the measured horizontal eave projection from the wall.
(e) Fastening of structural systems. (1)
Roof framing must be securely fastened
to wall framing, walls to floor structure, and floor structure to chassis, to
secure and maintain continuity between the floor and chassis in order to
resist wind overturning, uplift, and
sliding, and to provide continuous load
paths for these forces to the foundation
or anchorage system. The number and
type of fasteners used must be capable
of transferring all forces between elements being joined.
(2) For Wind Zone II and Wind Zone
III, roof framing members must be securely fastened at the vertical bearing
points to resist design overturning, uplift, and sliding forces. When engineered connectors are not installed,
roof framing members must be secured
at the vertical bearing points to wall
framing members (studs), and wall
framing members (studs) must be secured to floor framing members, with
0.016 inch base metal, minimum steel
strapping or engineered connectors, or
by a combination of 0.016 inch base
metal, minimum steel strapping or engineered connectors, and structuralrated wall sheathing that overlaps the
roof and floor system if substantiated
by structural analysis or by suitable
load tests. Steel strapping or engineered connectors are to be installed at
a maximum spacing of 24 inches on
center in Wind Zone II, and 16 inches
on center in Wind Zone III. Exception:
Where substantiated by structural
analysis or suitable load tests, the 0.016
inch base metal minimum steel strapping or engineered connectors may be
omitted at the roof to wall and/or wall
to floor connections, when structural
rated sheathing that overlaps the roof
and wall and/or wall and floor is capa-

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00073

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.305

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(2) Wood, wood fiber or plywood
floors or subfloors in kitchens, bathrooms (including toilet compartments),
laundry areas, water heater compartments, and any other areas subject to
excessive moisture shall be moisture
resistant or shall be made moisture resistant by sealing or by an overlay of
nonabsorbent material applied with
water-resistant adhesive. Use of one of
the following methods would meet this
requirement:
(i) Sealing the floor with a water-resistant sealer; or
(ii) Installing an overlay of a non-absorbent floor covering material applied
with water-resistant adhesive; or
(iii) Direct application of a water-resistant sealer to the exposed wood floor
area when covered with a non-absorbent overlay; or
(iv) The use of a non-absorbent floor
covering which may be installed without a continuous application of a
water-resistant adhesive or sealant
when the floor covering meets the following criteria:
(A) The covering is a continuous
membrane with any seams or patches
seam bonded or welded to preserve the
continuity of the floor covering; and
(B) The floor is protected at all penetrations in these areas by sealing with
a compatible water-resistant adhesive
or sealant to prevent moisture from
migrating under the nonabsorbent
floor covering; and
(C) The covering is fastened around
the perimeter of the subfloor in accordance with the floor covering manufacturer’s instructions; and,
(D) The covering is designed to be installed to prevent moisture penetration
without the use of a water-resistant
adhesive or sealer except as required in
this paragraph (g). The vertical edges
of penetrations for plumbing shall be
covered with a moisture-resistant adhesive or sealant. The vertical penetrations located under the bottom plates
of perimeter walls of rooms, areas, or
compartments are not required to be
sealed; this does not include walls or
partitions within the rooms or areas.
(3) Wood panel products used as floor
or subfloor materials on the exterior of
the home, such as in recessed
entryways, must be rated for exterior
exposure and protected from moisture

by sealing or applying nonabsorbent
overlay with water resistant adhesive.
(4) Carpet or carpet pads shall not be
installed under concealed spaces subject to excessive moisture, such as
plumbing fixture spaces, floor areas
under installed laundry equipment.
Carpet may be installed in laundry
space provided:
(i) The appliances are not provided;
(ii) The conditions of paragraph (g)(2)
of this section are followed; and
(iii) Instructions are provided to remove carpet when appliances are installed.
(5) Except where substantiated by engineering analysis or tests:
(i) Notches on the ends of joists shall
not exceed one-fourth the joist depth.
(ii) Holes bored in joists shall not be
within 2 inches of the top or bottom of
the joist, and the diameter of any such
hole shall not exceed one-third the
depth of the joist.
(iii) Notches in the top or bottom of
the joists shall not exceed one-sixth
the depth and shall not be located in
the middle third of the span.
(6) Bottom board material (with or
without patches) shall meet or exceed
the level of 48 inch-pounds of puncture
resistance as tested by the Beach Puncture Test in accordance with Standard
Test Methods for Puncture and Stiffness of Paperboard, and Corrugated and
Solid Fiberboard, ASTM D–781–1968
(73). The material shall be suitable for
patches and the patch life shall be
equivalent to the material life. Patch
installation instruction shall be included in the manufactured home manufacturer’s instructions.
(h) Roofs. (1) Roofs shall be of sufficient strength to withstand the load
requirements as defined in § 3280.305 (b)
and (c) without exceeding the deflections specified in § 3280.305(d). The connections between roof framework members and bearing walls shall be fabricated in such a manner to provide for
the transfer of design vertical and horizontal loads to the bearing walls and to
resist uplift forces.
(2) Roofing membranes shall be of
sufficient rigidity to prevent deflection
which would permit ponding of water
or separation of seams due to wind,
snow, ice, erection or transportation
forces.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00074

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.306

(3) Cutting of roof framework members for passage of electrical, plumbing
or mechanical systems shall not be allowed except where substantiated by
engineering analysis.
(4) All roof penetrations for electrical, plumbing or mechanical systems shall be properly flashed and
sealed. In addition, where a metal roof
membrane is penetrated, a wood backer
shall be installed. The backer plate
shall be not less than 5⁄16 inch plywood,
with exterior glues, secured to the roof
framing system beneath the metal
roof, and shall be of a size to assure
that all screws securing the flashing
are held by the backer plate.
(i) Frame construction. The frame
shall be capable of transmitting all design loads to stabilizing devices without exceeding the allowable load and
deflections of this section. The frame
shall also be capable of withstanding
the effects of transportation shock and
vibration without degradation as required by subpart J.
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Protection of metal frames against
corrosion. Metal frames shall be made
corrosion
resistant
or
protected
against corrosion. Metal frames may be
protected against corrosion by painting.
(j) Welded connections. (1) All welds
must be made in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design, AISC–S335, 1989; the Specification
for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Members, AISI, 1996; and
the Specification for the Design of
Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members, SEI/ASCE 8–02, 2002.
(2) Regardless of the provisions of
any reference standard contained in
this subpart, deposits of weld slag or
flux shall be required to be removed
only from welded joints at the following locations:
(i) Drawbar and coupling mechanisms;
(ii) Main member splices, and
(iii) Spring hanger to main member
connections.
(k) Attics. (1) For roofs with slopes
7:12 or greater, the area of the attic
floor that meets the ceiling-height/living-space requirements of these con-

struction and safety standards must be
designed to resist a minimum design
live load of 40 pounds per square foot
(psf) in accordance with paragraph (g)
of this section.
(2) For roofs with slopes less than 7:12
that contain an attic area or for portions of roofs with slopes 7:12 or greater that do meet the ceiling height/living space requirements of the standards, the attic floor must be designed
for a storage live load of 20 pounds per
square foot (psf).
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 44 FR
66195, Nov. 19, 1979; 52 FR 4582, Feb. 12, 1987;
58 FR 55006, Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 2469, Jan. 14,
1994; 59 FR 15113, 15114, Mar. 31, 1994; 62 FR
54547, Oct. 20, 1997; 70 FR 72043, Nov. 30, 2005;
71 FR 19638, Apr. 17, 2006; 78 FR 73983, Dec. 9,
2013; 80 FR 53727, Sept. 8, 2015]

§ 3280.306

Windstorm protection.

(a) Provisions for support and anchoring systems. Each manufactured home
shall have provisions for support/anchoring or foundation systems that,
when properly designed and installed,
will resist overturning and lateral
movement (sliding) of the manufactured home as imposed by the respective design loads. For Wind Zone I, the
design wind loads to be used for calculating resistance to overturning and
lateral movement shall be the simultaneous application of the wind loads indicated in § 3280.305(c)(1)(i), increased
by a factor of 1.5. The 1.5 factor of safety for Wind Zone I is also to be applied
simultaneously to both the vertical
building projection, as horizontal wind
load, and across the surface of the full
roof structure, as uplift loading. For
Wind Zones II and III, the resistance
shall be determined by the simultaneous application of the horizontal
drag and uplift wind loads, in accordance with § 3280.305(c)(1)(ii). The basic
allowable stresses of materials required to resist overturning and lateral
movement shall not be increased in the
design and proportioning of these members. No additional shape or location
factors need to be applied in the design
of the tiedown system. The dead load of
the structure may be used to resist
these wind loading effects in all Wind
Zones.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00075

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.306

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(1) The provisions of this section
shall be followed and the support and
anchoring systems shall be designed by
a Registered Professional Engineer or
Architect.
(2) The manufacturer of each manufactured home is required to make provision for the support and anchoring
systems but is not required to provide
the anchoring equipment or stabilizing
devices. When the manufacturer’s installation instructions provide for the
main frame structure to be used as the
points for connection of diagonal ties,
no specific connecting devices need be
provided on the main frame structure.
(b) Contents of instructions. (1) The
manufacturer must provide printed instructions with each manufactured
home that specify the location and required capacity of stabilizing devices
on which the home’s design is based.
The manufacturer must identify by
paint, label, decal stencil, or other
means: the location of each column
support pier location required along
the marriage line(s) of multi-section
manufactured homes; each pier location required along the perimeter of
the home; each required shear wall pier
support; and any other special pier support locations specified in the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Such
identifications must be visible after
the home is installed. The manufacturer must provide drawings and specifications, certified by a registered professional engineer or architect, that indicate at least one acceptable system
of anchoring, including the details or
required straps or cables, their end
connections, and all other devices
needed to transfer the wind loads from
the manufactured home to an anchoring or foundation system.
(2) For anchoring systems, the instructions shall indicate:
(i) The minimum anchor capacity required;
(ii) That anchors should be certified
by a professional engineer, architect,
or a nationally recognized testing laboratory as to their resistance, based on
the maximum angle of diagonal tie
and/or vertical tie loading (see paragraph (c)(3) of this section) and angle of
anchor installation, and type of soil in
which the anchor is to be installed;

(iii) That ground anchors are to be
embedded below the frost line, unless
the foundation system is frost-protected in accordance with §§ 3285.312(b)
and 3285.404 of the Model Manufactured
Home Installation Standards in this
chapter.
(iv) That ground anchors must be installed to their full depth, and stabilizer plates must be installed in accordance with the ground anchor listing or certification to provide required
resistance to overturning and sliding.
(v) That anchoring equipment should
be certified by a registered professional
engineer or architect to resist these
specified forces in accordance with
testing procedures in ASTM D3953–97,
Standard Specification for Strapping,
Flat Steel and Seals (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4).
(c) Design criteria. The provisions
made for anchoring systems shall be
based on the following design criteria
for manufactured homes.
(1) The minimum number of ties provided per side of each home shall resist
design
wind
loads
required
in
§ 3280.305(c)(1).
(2) Ties shall be as evenly spaced as
practicable along the length of the
manufactured home, with not more
than two (2) feet open-end spacing on
each end.
(3) Vertical ties or straps shall be positioned at studs. Where a vertical tie
and a diagonal tie are located at the
same place, both ties may be connected
to a single anchor, provided that the
anchor used is capable of carrying both
loadings, simultaneously.
(4) Add-on sections of expandable
manufactured homes shall have provisions for vertical ties at the exposed
ends.
(d) Requirements for ties. Manufactured homes in Wind Zone I require
only diagonal ties. These ties shall be
placed along the main frame and below
the outer side walls. All manufactured
homes designed to be located in Wind
Zones II and III shall have a vertical
tie installed at each diagonal tie location.
(e) Protection requirements. Protection
shall be provided at sharp corners
where the anchoring system requires
the use of external straps or cables.
Protection shall also be provided to

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00076

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.308

minimize damage to siding by the
cable or strap.
(f) Anchoring equipment—load resistance. Anchoring equipment shall be capable of resisting an allowable working
load equal to or exceeding 3,150 pounds
and shall be capable of withstanding a
50 percent overload (4,725 pounds total)
without failure of either the anchoring
equipment or the attachment point on
the manufactured home.
(g) Anchoring equipment—weatherization. Anchoring equipment exposed to
weathering shall have a resistance to
weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of
zinc on steel of not less than 0.30
ounces per square foot of surface coated, and in accordance with the following:
(1) Slit or cut edges of zinc-coated
steel strapping do not need to be zinc
coated.
(2) Type 1, Finish B, Grade 1 steel
strapping, 11⁄4 inches wide and 0.035
inches in thickness, certified by a registered professional engineer or architect as conforming with ASTM D3953–
97, Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel and Seals (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).

(c) Where adjoining materials or assemblies of materials are of such nature that separation can occur due to
expansion, contraction, wind loads or
other loads induced by erection or
transportation, sealants shall be of a
type that maintains protection against
infiltration or penetration by air,
moisture or vermin.
(d) Exterior surfaces shall be sealed
to resist the entrance of rodents.
§ 3280.308 Formaldehyde emission controls for certain wood products.
(a) Formaldehyde emission levels. All
plywood and particleboard materials
bonded with a resin system or coated
with a surface finish containing formaldehyde shall not exceed the following
formaldehyde emission levels when installed in manufactured homes:
(1) Plywood materials shall not emit
formaldehyde in excess of 0.2 parts per
million (ppm) as measured by the air
chamber test method specified in
§ 3280.406.
(2) Particleboard materials shall not
emit formaldehyde in excess of 0.3 ppm
as measured by the air chamber test
specified in § 3280.406.
(b) Product certification and continuing
qualification.
All
plywood
and
particleboard materials to be installed
in manufactured homes which are
bonded with a resin system or coated
with a surface finish containing formaldehyde, other than an exclusively
phenol-formaldehyde resin system or
finish, shall be certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory as
complying with paragraph (a) of this
section.
(1) Separate certification shall be
done for each plant where the
particleboard is produced or where the
plywood or particleboard is surface-finished.
(2)
To
certify
plywood
or
particleboard, the testing laboratory
shall witness or conduct the air chamber test specified in § 3280.406 on randomly selected panels initially and at
least quarterly thereafter.
(3) The testing laboratory must approve a written quality control plan for
each plant where the particleboard is
produced or finished or where the plywood is finished. The quality control
plan must be designed to assure that

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4583, Feb. 12, 1987; 59 FR 2473, Jan. 14, 1994; 70
FR 72045, Nov. 30, 2005; 72 FR 59362, Oct. 19,
2007; 78 FR 73983, Dec. 9, 2013]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.307
use.

Resistance to elements and

(a) Exterior coverings shall be of
moisture and weather resistive materials attached with corrosion resistant
fasteners to resist wind, snow and rain.
Metal coverings and exposed metal
structural members shall be of corrosion resistant materials or shall be protected to resist corrosion. All joints between portions of the exterior covering
shall be designed, and assembled to
protect against the infiltration of air
and water, except for any designed ventilation of wall or roof cavity.
(b) Joints between dissimilar materials and joints between exterior coverings and frames of openings shall be
protected with a compatible sealant
suitable to resist infiltration of air or
water.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00077

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.308

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

all panels comply with paragraph (a) of
this section. The plan must establish
ongoing procedures to identify increases in the formaldehyde emission
characteristics of the finished product
resulting from the following changes in
production.
(i) In the case of plywood:
(A) The facility where the unfinished
panels are produced is changed;
(B) The thickness of the panels is
changed so that the panels are thinner;
or
(C) The grooving pattern on the panels is changed so that the grooves are
deeper or closer together.
(ii) In the case of particleboard:
(A) The resin formulation is changed
so that the formaldehyde-to-urea ratio
is increased;
(B) The amount of formaldehyde
resin used is increased; or
(C) The press time is decreased.
(iii) In the case of plywood or
particleboard:
(A) The finishing or top coat is
changed and the new finishing or top
coat has a greater formaldehyde content; or
(B) The amount of finishing or top
coat used on the panels is increased,
provided that such finishing or top
coat contains formaldehyde.
(4) The testing laboratory shall periodically visit the plant to monitor
quality control procedures to assure
that all certified panels meet the
standard.
(5) To maintain its certification, plywood or particleboard must be tested
by the air chamber test specified in
§ 3280.406 whenever one of the following
events occurs:
(i) In the case of particleboard, the
resin formulation is changed so that
the formaldehyde-to-urea ratio is increased; or
(ii) In the case of particleboard or
plywood, the finishing or top coat is
changed and the new finishing or top
coat contains formaldehyde; or
(iii) In the case of particleboard or
plywood, the testing laboratory determines that an air chamber test is necessary to assure that panels comply
with paragraph (a) of this section.
(6) In the event that an air chamber
test measures levels of formaldehyde
from plywood or particleboard in ex-

cess of those permitted under paragraph (a) of this section, then the tested product’s certification immediately
lapses as of the date of production of
the tested panels. No panel produced on
the same date as the tested panels or
on any day thereafter may be used or
certified for use in manufactured
homes.
(i) Provided, however, that a new
product certification may be obtained
by testing randomly selected panels
which were produced on any day following the date of production of the
tested panels. If such panels pass the
air chamber test specified in § 3280.406,
then the plywood or particleboard produced on that day and subsequent days
may be used and certified for use in
manufactured homes.
(ii) Provided further, that plywood or
particleboard produced on the same
day as the tested panels, and panels
produced on subsequent days, if not
certified pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(i)
of this section, may be used in manufactured homes only under the following circumstances:
(A) Each panel is treated with a scavenger, sealant, or other means of reducing formaldehyde emissions which
does not adversely affect the structural
quality of the product; and
(B) Panels randomly selected from
the treated panels are tested by and
pass the air chamber test specified in
§ 3280.406.
(c) Panel identification. Each plywood
and particleboard panel to be installed
in manufactured homes which is bonded or coated with a resin system containing formaldehyde, other than an
exclusively phenol-formaldehyde resin
system, shall be stamped or labeled so
as to identify the product manufacturer, date of production and/or lot
number, and the testing laboratory
certifying compliance with this section.
(d) Treatment after certification. If certified plywood or particleboard subsequently is treated with paint, varnish,
or any other substance containing
formaldehyde, then the certification is
no longer valid. In such a case, each
stamp or label placed on the panels
pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section must be obliterated. In addition,
the treated panels may be recertified

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00078

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.401

and reidentified in accordance with
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.

to part 3283—Manufactured Home Consumer Manual Requirements).

[49 FR 32011, Aug. 9, 1984]

[49 FR 32012, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 54
FR 46049, Nov. 1, 1989; 58 FR 55007, Oct. 25,
1993]

§ 3280.309 Health Notice on formaldehyde emissions.

Subpart E—Testing

(a) Each manufactured home shall
have a Health Notice on formaldehyde
emissions prominently displayed in a
temporary manner in the kitchen (i.e.,
countertop or exposed cabinet face).
The Notice shall read as follows:

§ 3280.401 Structural load tests.
Every structural assembly tested
shall be capable of meeting the Proof
Load Test or the Ultimate Load Test
as follows:
(a) Proof load tests. Every structural
assembly tested must be capable of sustaining its dead load plus superimposed
live loads equal to 1.75 times the required live loads for a period of 12
hours without failure. Tests must be
conducted with loads applied and deflections recorded in 1⁄4 design live load
increments at 10-minute intervals until
1.25 times design live load plus dead
load has been reached. Additional load
shall then be applied continuously
until 1.75 times design live load plus
dead load has been reached. Assembly
failure shall be considered as design
live load deflection (or residual deflection measured 12 hours after live load
removal) that is greater than the limits set in § 3280.305(d), rupture, fracture,
or excessive yielding. Design live load
deflection criteria do not apply when
the structural assembly being evaluated does not include structural framing members. An assembly to be tested
shall be of the minimum quality of materials and workmanship of the production. Each test assembly, component,
or subassembly shall be identified as to
type and quality or grade of material.
All assemblies, components, or subassemblies qualifying under this test
shall be subject to a continuing qualification testing program acceptable to
HUD.
(b) Ultimate load tests. Ultimate load
tests must be performed on a minimum
of three assemblies or components to
generally evaluate the structural design. Every structural assembly or
component tested must be capable of
sustaining its total dead load plus the
design live load increased by a factor of
safety of at least 2.5. A factor of safety
greater than 2.5 shall be used when required by an applicable reference
standard in § 3280.304(b)(1). Tests shall

IMPORTANT HEALTH NOTICE

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Some of the building materials used in this
home emit formaldehyde. Eye, nose, and
throat irritation, headache, nausea, and a
variety of asthma-like symptoms, including
shortness of breath, have been reported as a
result of formaldehyde exposure. Elderly persons and young children, as well as anyone
with a history of asthma, allergies, or lung
problems, may be at greater risk. Research
is continuing on the possible long-term effects of exposure to formaldehyde.
Reduced ventilation resulting from energy
efficiency standards may allow formaldehyde
and other contaminants to accumulate in
the indoor air. Additional ventilation to dilute the indoor air may be obtained from a
passive or mechanical ventilation system offered by the manufacturer. Consult your
dealer for information about the ventilation
options offered with this home.
High indoor temperatures and humidity
raise formaldehyde levels. When a home is to
be located in areas subject to extreme summer temperatures, an air-conditioning system can be used to control indoor temperature levels. Check the comfort cooling certificate to determine if this home has been
equipped or designed for the installation of
an air-conditioning system.
If you have any questions regarding the
health effects of formaldehyde, consult your
doctor or local health department.

(b) The Notice shall be legible and
typed using letters at least 1⁄4 inch in
size. The title shall be typed using letters at least 3⁄4 inch in size.
(c) The Notice shall not be removed
by any party until the entire sales
transaction has been completed (refer
to part 3282—Manufactured Home Procedural and Enforcement Regulations
for provisions regarding a sales transaction).
(d) A copy of the Notice shall be included in the Consumer Manual (refer

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00079

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.402

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

be conducted with loads applied and deflections recorded in 1/4 design live
load increments at 10-minute intervals
until 1.25 times design live load plus
dead load has been reached. Additional
loading shall then be applied continuously until failure occurs, or the total
of the factor of safety times the design
live load plus the dead load is reached.
Assembly failure shall be considered as
design live load deflection greater than
the limits set in § 3280.305(d), rupture,
fracture, or excessive yielding. Design
live load deflection criteria do not
apply when the structural assembly
being evaluated does not include structural framing members. Assemblies to
be tested shall be representative of average quality or materials and workmanship of the production. Each test
assembly, component, or subassembly
shall be identified as to type and quality or grade of material. All assemblies, components, or subassemblies
qualifying under this test shall be subject to a periodic qualification testing
program acceptable to HUD.

§ 3280.402 Test procedures for roof
trusses.
(a) Roof load tests. This section provides the roof truss test procedure for
vertical loading conditions. Where roof
trusses act as support for other members, have eave or cornice projections,
or support concentrated loads, roof
trusses must also be tested for those
conditions. These test procedures are
required for new truss designs in all
three wind zones and for existing truss
designs used in Wind Zones II and III.
(b) General. Trusses must be tested in
a truss test fixture that replicates the
design loads, and actual support points,
and does not restrain horizontal movement. When tested singly or in groups
of two or more trusses, trusses shall be
mounted on supports and positioned as
intended to be installed in the manufactured home in order to give the required clear span distance (L) and eave
or cornice distance (Lo), if applicable,
as specified in the design.
(l) When trusses are tested singly,
trusses shall be positioned in a test fixture, with supports properly located
and the roof loads evenly applied. See
Figure 3280.402(b)(1).

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55007, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72045, Nov. 30, 2005]

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00080

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.402

inches on center along the top chord.
The bottom chords of the adjacent
trusses shall be permitted to be one of
the following:
(i) Unbraced; or
(ii) Laterally braced together (not
cross-braced) with 1-inch × 2-inch stripping no closer than 24 inches on center,
nailed with only one 8d nail at each
truss. See Figure 3280.402(b)(2).

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00081

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER18JA13.001

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

(2) When tested in groups of two or
more, the top chords are permitted to
be sheathed with nominal 1/4-inch × 12inch plywood strips. The plywood
strips shall be at least long enough to
cover the top chords of the trusses at
the designated design truss spacing.
Adjacent plywood strips shall be separated by at least 1/8-inch. The plywood
strips shall be nailed with 4d nails or
equivalent staples no closer than 8

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(c) Measuring and loading methods. Deflections must be measured at the free
end of an eave or cornice projection
and at least at the truss mid-span and
quarter points. Scissors or other
unique truss configurations are to be
measured at as many additional bottom chord panel points as necessary to
obtain an accurate representation of
the deflected shape of the truss so as to
be able to locate and record the
point(s) of maximum deflection. Deflections must be read and recorded
relative to a fixed reference datum. Deflections must be read and recorded to
the nearest 1/32-inch. Dead load must
be applied to the top and bottom chord,
and live load must be applied to the top
chord through a suitable hydraulic,
pneumatic, or mechanical system or
weights to simulate design loads. Load
unit weights for uniformly distributed
top chord loads must be separated so
that arch action does not occur and be
spaced not more than 12 inches on center so as to simulate uniform loading.
Bottom chord loading must be spaced
as uniformly as practical. Truss gravity loads must be calculated based on
the overall truss length (horizontal
projection), including eave or cornice
projections.
(d) Testing procedures. Either the testing method in paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2)
of this section may be used, however,
the testing method in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section must be used, to test

trusses to establish compliance with
the provisions of these standards.
(1) Proof load truss test procedure. At
least three average quality/consecutively tested trusses must pass all requirements of the test, for initial qualification of the truss design. All tests
for initial qualification of the truss designs evaluated by this procedure must
be certified by a Registered Engineer
or Architect, or by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. An in-house
quality control and follow-up testing
program (see paragraphs (e) and (f) of
this section) must be approved prior to
entering production of any truss design
evaluated by this procedure.
(i) Dead load. Measure and record initial elevation of the truss or trusses in
the test position at no load. Apply to
the top and bottom chords of the truss
dead loads that are representative of
the actual weights of materials to be
supported by the truss. However, the
dead load may only be applied as indicated in paragraph (e)(4) of this section
for ongoing follow-up testing. Dead
loads to be applied to the truss test assembly are permitted to include only
the weights of materials supported by
the truss and not the weight of the
truss itself. However, readings from
load cells (when used) on which the
test truss rests must reflect the sum of
the applied load plus the weight of the
truss. Apply dead loads and hold for 5
minutes. Measure and record the deflections.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00082

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER18JA13.002

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.402

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.402

(ii) Live load. Maintaining the dead
loads, apply live load to the top chord
in approximate 1⁄4 live load increments
until dead load plus the live load is
reached. Measure and record the deflections no sooner than one minute after
each 1⁄4 live load increment has been
applied and 5 minutes after the full live
load has been reached.
(iii) Initial recovery phase. Remove the
design live load but not the dead load.
Measure and record the deflections 5
minutes after the total live load has
been removed.
(iv) Continue to load the truss to:
(A) Dead load plus 2.0 times the design live load. Maintain this loading
for 6 hours and inspect the truss for
failure. Failure is rupture, fracture, or
excessive yielding; or
(B) Dead load plus 1.75 times the design live load. Maintain this loading
for 12 hours and inspect the truss for
failure. Failure is rupture, fracture, or
excessive yielding.
(v) Final recovery phase. Remove 2.0
times the design live load, but not the
dead load or 1.75 times the design live
load, but not the dead load. Measure
and record deflections within 4 hours
after removing 2.0 times the design live
load or 1.75 times the design live load.
(vi) Acceptance criteria. The truss design is acceptable if all of the following
conditions are met:
(A) The maximum deflection between
no load and dead load must be L/480 or
less for simply supported clear spans
and Lo/180 or less for eave and cornice
projections; and
(B) The maximum deflection between
dead load and design live load must be
L/180 or less for simply supported clear
spans and Lo/90 or less for eave and
cornice projections; and
(C) After the design live load is removed, and with the dead load still applied, the maximum recovery deflection must be L/360 or less for simply
supported spans and Lo/180 or less for
eave and cornice projections; and
(D) The truss must maintain the
overload condition for 6 hours without
rupture or fracture, or excessive yielding; and
(E) After 2.0 times the design live
load has been removed, and with the
dead load still applied, the maximum
recovery deflection must be L/180 or

less for simply supported clear spans
and Lo/90 or less for eave and cornice
projections; and
(F) As applicable, each truss design
must also meet all requirements for
uplift loads required by paragraph
(d)(3) of this section. For Wind Zone I
uplift load requirements, see paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section. For Wind Zones
II and III uplift load requirements, see
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section.
(2) Ultimate load truss test procedure.
(i) At least two average quality/consecutively tested trusses must pass all
requirements of the test, for initial
qualification of the truss design. All
tests for initial qualification of the
truss designs evaluated by this procedure must be certified by a Registered
Engineer or Architect, or by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. An
in-house quality control and follow-up
testing program (see paragraph (e) and
(f) of this section) must be approved
prior to entering production of any
truss design evaluated by this procedure.
(ii) Dead load. Measure and record
initial elevation of the truss or trusses
in the test position at no load. Apply
to the top and bottom chords of the
truss dead loads that are representative of the actual weights of materials
to be supported by the truss. However,
the dead load may only be applied as
indicated in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section for ongoing follow-up testing.
Dead loads to be applied to the truss
test assembly shall be permitted to include only the weights of materials
supported by the truss, and not the
weight of the truss itself. However,
readings from load cells (when used) on
which the test truss rests must reflect
the sum of the applied load plus the
weight of the truss. Apply dead loads
and hold for 5 minutes. Measure and
record the deflections.
(iii) Live load. Maintaining the dead
loads, apply live load at a uniform rate
to the top chord in approximate 1⁄4 live
load increments until the dead load
plus the live load is reached. Measure
and record the deflections no sooner
than one minute after each 1⁄4 live load
increment has been applied and 5 minutes after the full live load has been
reached.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00083

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.402

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(iv) Initial recovery phase. Remove the
design live load but not the dead load.
Measure and record the deflections 5
minutes after the design live load has
been removed.
(v) Overload phase. After the recovery
phase is completed, reapply the full
live load to the truss assembly. Additional loading shall then be applied
continuously until the dead load plus
2.5 times the design live load is
reached. This overload condition must
be maintained for at least 5 minutes.
(vi) Final recovery phase. Remove 2.5
times the design live load but not the
dead load. Measure and record deflections within 4 hours after 2.5 times the
design live load has been removed.
(vii) Acceptance criteria. The truss design is acceptable if all of the following
conditions are met:
(A) The maximum deflection between
no load and dead load must be L/480 or
less for simply supported clear spans
and Lo/180 or less for eave and cornice
projections; and
(B) Dead load to design live load deflections shall be L/180 or less for simply supported clear spans and Lo/90 or
less for eave and cornice projections;
and
(C) After the design live load is removed and with the dead load still applied, the maximum recovery deflection must be L/360 or less for simply
supported spans and Lo/180 or less for
eave and cornice projections; and
(D) The truss shall maintain the
overload condition for 5 minutes without rupture, fracture, or excessive
yielding; and
(E) After 2.5 times the design live
load is removed, and with the dead load
still applied, the truss must recover to
at least L/180 for simply supported
clear spans and Lo/90 for eave and cornice within 4 hours after the total live
load has been removed; and
(F) As applicable, each truss design
must also meet all requirements for
uplift loads in Wind Zone I or Wind
Zone II and III, as required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section. For Wind
Zone I uplift load requirements, see
paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section. For
Wind Zones II and III uplift load requirements, see paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of
this section.

(3) Uplift load tests. Each truss design
must also pass all requirements of the
uplift load test, as applicable, in paragraph (d)(3)(i) or (d)(3)(ii) and paragraphs (d)(3)(iii) and (d)(3)(iv) of this
section.
(i) Wind Zone I uplift load test. Where
there are engineered connectors between the top chord and web members
of the truss, such as metal connector
plates or wood gussets or their equivalents, uplift testing in Wind Zone I is
at the discretion of the Registered Engineer or Architect or nationally recognized testing laboratory certifying
the truss design. When testing is
deemed necessary by the Registered
Engineer or Architect or nationally
recognized testing laboratory certifying the truss design, a minimum of
one average quality uplift load test is
to be conducted for each such truss design and must pass all requirements of
the test for initial qualification of the
truss design. The net uplift load for
trusses designed for use in Wind Zone I
is 9 psf for the clear span of the truss
and 22.5 psf for eave or cornice projections.
(ii) Wind Zones II and III uplift loads
test. This test is required for all trusses
designed for use in Wind Zones II and
III. A minimum of three average quality/consecutive uplift load tests are to
be conducted for each truss design
when tested in the inverted position
and a minimum of two average quality/
consecutive uplift load tests are to be
conducted for trusses in the upright position. The trusses must pass all requirements of the test for initial qualification of the truss design. The uplift
load for trusses designed to be used in
Wind Zones II and III for the clear span
or eave cornice projections is to be determined by subtracting the dead load
applied to the truss from the uplift
load provided in the Table of Design
Wind Pressures in § 3280.305(c)(1)(ii)(B).
(iii) Trusses designed for use in Wind
Zone I, when tested (see paragraph
(d)(3)(i) of this section), must be tested
in either the inverted position to 2.5
times the net wind uplift load or in the
upright position to 1.75 times the net
wind uplift load. Trusses designed for
use in Wind Zones II and III (see paragraph (d)(3)(ii) of this section) must be
tested to 2.0 times the uplift load

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00084

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.402

minus the dead load in the inverted position and to 1.75 times the uplift load
minus the dead load in the upright position. See Figure 3280.402(b)(3).
(iv) The following describes how to
conduct the uplift test with the truss
in the upright position. Similar proce-

dures must be used if conducting the
test in the inverted position.
(A) Place the truss in the test fixture
and position as it is intended to be installed in the manufactured home. See
Figure 3280.402(b)(3).

(B) Position the load measurement
devices to register the wind uplift loads
that will be applied to the top chord of
the truss. The uplift loads shall be applied through tension devices not wider
than one inch and spaced not greater
than approximately 12 inches on center
and shall be applied as uniform as possible, so as to simulate uniform loading. Gravity and wind uplift load tests
may be performed on the same truss in
this single setup mode. For the wind
uplift test, it is permissible to stabilize
the bottom chord of the truss in the
test fixture to simulate ceiling materials or purlin supports. Measure and
record the initial elevation of the bottom chord of the truss in the test posi-

tion at the mid-span and quarter points
of the truss, and at the free end of an
eave or cornice projection greater than
12 inches. Scissors or other unique
truss configurations are to be measured at as many additional bottom
chord panel points as necessary to obtain an accurate representation of the
deflected shape of the truss, so as to be
able to locate and record the point(s) of
maximum deflection. Eave or cornice
projection loads are applied separately
for eaves or cornice projections greater
than 12 inches. For eave or cornice projections greater than 12 inches, the additional required load must be applied
to the eave simultaneously with the
main body load. For eave or cornice

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00085

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER18JA13.003

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.403

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

projections of 12 inches or less, add the
additional required load to the main
body load and apply it to the entire top
chord.
(C) Measure and record the deflection
5 minutes after the net uplift load has
been applied. Design load deflection
shall be L/180 or less for a simply supported clear span and Lo/90 or less for
eave or cornice projections.
(D) For trusses tested in the upright
position, continue to load the truss to
1.75 times the net uplift load in paragraph (d)(3)(i) of this section for Wind
Zone I and 1.75 times the uplift load in
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) for Wind Zones II
and III, and maintain the load for one
minute. For trusses tested in the inverted position, continue to load the
truss to 2.50 times the net uplift load in
paragraph (d)(3)(i) for Wind Zone I and
to 2.0 times the uplift load minus the
dead load in paragraph (d)(3)(ii) for
Wind Zones II and III, and maintain
the full load for one minute. Regardless
of the test position of the truss, upright or inverted, trusses must maintain the overload for the specified time
period without rupture, fracture, or excessive yielding.
(e) Follow-up testing. Follow-up testing procedures must include the following:
(1) All trusses qualifying under these
test procedures must be subject to a
quality control and follow-up testing
program.
(i) Manufacturers of listed or labeled
trusses must follow an in-house quality
control program with follow-up testing
approved by a nationally recognized
testing program as specified in paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The inhouse quality control program must include, at a minimum, procedures for
quality of materials including, but not
limited to, grade(s) of materials, allowable splits, knots, and other applicable
lumber qualities; workmanship including, but not limited to, plate placement and embedment tolerances; other
manufacturing tolerances; description
and calibration of test equipment;
truss retesting criteria; and procedures
in the event of noncomplying results.
(ii) Those home manufacturers producing trusses for their own use, and
which are not listed or labeled, must
have an in-house quality control pro-

gram (see paragraph (i) of this section)
that includes follow-up testing, as
specified in this section, and is approved by their Design Approval Primary Inspection Agency (DAPIA).
(2) Truss designs that are qualified
but not in production are not subject
to follow-up testing until produced.
When the truss design is brought into
production, a follow-up test is to be
performed if the truss design has been
out of production for more than 6
months.
(3) The frequency of truss manufacturer’s quality control follow-up testing for trusses must be at least:
(i) One test for the first 100 trusses
produced, with a subsequent test for
every 2,500 trusses for trusses qualified
under the proof load truss test procedure or inverted uplift test procedure
for trusses used in Wind Zones II and
III or once every 6 months, whichever
is more frequent, for every truss design
produced; or
(ii) One test for every 4,000 trusses
produced for trusses qualified under
the ultimate load truss test procedure
or upright uplift test procedure for
trusses used in Wind Zones II and III or
once every 6 months, whichever is
more frequent, for every truss design
produced.
(4) For follow-up testing only, the
full dead load may be applied to the top
chord of the truss, when the bottom
chord dead load is 5 psf or less.
[78 FR 4065, Jan. 18, 2013]

§ 3280.403 Requirements for windows,
sliding glass doors, and skylights.
(a) Scope. This section establishes the
requirements for prime windows and
sliding glass doors, except that windows used in an entry door are components of the door and are excluded from
these requirements.
(b)(1) Standard. All primary windows
and sliding glass doors shall comply
with AAMA 1701.2–95, Voluntary Standard Primary Window and Sliding Glass
Door for Utilization in Manufactured
Housing, except the exterior and interior pressure tests must be conducted
at the design wind loads required for
components and cladding specified in
§ 3280.305(c)(1).
(2) All skylights must comply with
AAMA/WDMA/CSA/101/I.S.2/A440–08:

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00086

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.403

North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for Windows, Doors
and Skylights (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4). Skylights must
withstand the roof loads for the applicable Roof Load Zone specified in
§ 3280.305(c)(3), and the following wind
loads:
(i) For Wind Zone I, the wind loads
specified in § 3280.305(c)(1)(i); and
(ii) For Wind Zones II and III, the
wind loads specified for exterior roof
coverings, sheathing, and fastenings in
§ 3280.305(c)(1)(ii).
(c) Installation. All primary windows,
sliding glass doors, and skylights must
be installed in a manner that allows
proper operation and provides protection against the elements, as required
by § 3280.307.
(d) Glass. (1) Safety glazing materials, where used shall meet Standard
for Safety Glazing Materials used in
Buildings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, ANSI
Z97.1–2004 (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4).
(2) Sealed insulating glass, where
used, must meet all performance requirements for Class C in accordance
with ASTM E 774–97, Standard Specification for the Classification of the
Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass
Units. The sealing system must be
qualified in accordance with ASTM E
773–97, Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. Each glass unit
must be permanently identified with
the name of the insulating glass manufacturer.
(e) Certification. All primary windows
and sliding glass doors to be installed
in manufactured homes must be certified as complying with AAMA 1701.2–
95. This certification must be based on
tests conducted at the design wind
loads specified in § 3280.305(c)(1).
(1) All such windows and doors must
show evidence of certification by
affixing a quality certification label to
the product in accordance with ANSI
Z34.1–1993, Third-Party Certification
Programs for Products, Processes, and
Services.
(2) In determining certifiability of
the products, an independent quality
assurance agency shall conduct preproduction specimen tests in accord-

ance with AAMA 1701.2–95. Further,
such agency must inspect the product
manufacturer’s facility at least twice
per year.
(3) All skylights installed in manufactured homes must be certified as
complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/
I.S.2/A440–08: North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for
Windows, Doors, and Skylights (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4). This
certification must be based on applicable loads specified in paragraph (b) of
this section.
(f) Protection of primary window and
sliding glass door openings in high wind
areas. For homes designed to be located
in Wind Zones II and III, manufacturers shall design exterior walls surrounding the primary window and sliding glass door openings to allow for the
installation of shutters or other protective covers, such as plywood, to
cover these openings. Although not required, the Department encourages
manufacturers to provide the shutters
or protective covers and to install receiving devices, sleeves, or anchors for
fasteners to be used to secure the shutters or protective covers to the exterior walls. If the manufacturer does not
provide shutters or other protective
covers to cover these openings, the
manufacturer must provide to the
homeowner instructions for at least
one method of protecting primary window and sliding glass door openings.
This method must be capable of resisting the design wind pressures specified
in § 3280.305 without taking the home
out of conformance with the standards
in this part. These instructions must
be included in the printed instructions
that accompany each manufactured
home. The instructions shall also indicate whether receiving devices, sleeves,
or anchors, for fasteners to be used to
secure the shutters or protective covers to the exterior walls, have been installed or provided by the manufacturer.
[52 FR 4583, Feb. 12, 1987, as amended at 52
FR 35543, Sept. 22, 1987; 58 FR 55009, Oct. 25,
1993; 59 FR 2474, Jan. 14, 1994; 70 FR 72046,
Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73983, Dec. 9, 2013]

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00087

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.404

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)
(f) Protection of egress window openings
in high wind areas. For homes designed
to be located in Wind Zones II and III,
manufacturers shall design exterior
walls surrounding the egress window
openings to allow for the installation
of shutters or other protective covers,
such as plywood, to cover these openings. Although not required, the Department encourages manufacturers to
provide the shutters or protective covers and to install receiving devices,
sleeves, or anchors for fasteners to be
used to secure the shutters or protective covers to the exterior walls. If the
manufacturer does not provide shutters
or other protective covers to cover
these openings, the manufacturer must
provide to the homeowner instructions
for at least one method of protecting
egress window openings. This method
must be capable of resisting the design
wind pressures specified in § 3280.305
without taking the home out of conformance with the standards in this
part. These instructions must be included in the printed instructions that
accompany each manufactured home.
The instructions shall also indicate
whether receiving devices, sleeves, or
anchors, for fasteners to be used to secure the shutters or protective covers
to the exterior walls, have been installed or provided by the manufacturer.

§ 3280.404 Standard for egress windows and devices for use in manufactured homes.
(a) Scope and purpose. The purpose of
this section is to establish the requirements for the design, construction, and
installation of windows and approved
devices intended to be used as an emergency exit during conditions encountered in a fire or similar disaster.
(b) Performance. Egress windows including auxiliary frame and seals, if
any, shall meet all requirements of
AAMA 1701.2–95, Voluntary Standard
Primary Window and Sliding Glass
Door for Utilization in Manufactured
Housing and AAMA Standard 1704–1985,
Voluntary Standard Egress Window
Systems for Utilization in Manufactured Housing, except the exterior and
interior pressure tests for components
and cladding must be conducted at the
design
wind
loads
required
by
§ 3280.305(c)(1).
(c) Installation. (1) The installation of
egress windows or devices shall be installed in a manner which allows for
proper operation and provides protection
against
the
elements.
(See
§ 3280.307.)
(2) An operational check of each installed egress window or device must
be made at the manufactured home
factory. All egress windows and devices
must be capable of being opened to the
minimum required dimensions by normal operation of the window without
binding or requiring the use of tools.
Any window or device failing this
check must be repaired or replaced. A
repaired window must conform to its
certification. Any repaired or replaced
window or device must pass the operational check.
(3) Windows that require the removal
of the sash to meet egress size requirements are prohibited.
(d) Operating instructions. Operating
instructions shall be affixed to each
egress window and device and carry the
legend ‘‘Do Not Remove.’’
(e) Certification of egress windows and
devices. Egress windows and devices
shall be listed in accordance with the
procedures and requirements of AAMA
Standard 1704–1985. As of January 17,
1995, this certification must be based
on tests conducted at the design wind
loads specified in § 3280.305(c)(1).

[52 FR 4583, Feb. 12, 1987, as amended at 59
FR 2474, Jan. 14, 1994; 70 FR 72046, Nov. 30,
2005; 78 FR 73983, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.405 Standard for swinging exterior passage doors for use in manufactured homes.
(a) Introduction. This standard applies
to all exterior passage door units, excluding sliding doors and doors used for
access to utilities and compartments.
This standard applies only to the door
frame consisting of jambs, head and sill
and the attached door or doors.
(b) Performance requirements. The design and construction of exterior door
units must meet all requirements of
AAMA 1702.2–95, Voluntary Standard
Swinging Exterior Passage Door for
Utilization in Manufactured Housing.
(c) Materials and methods. Any material or method of construction shall
conform to the performance requirements as outlined in paragraph (b) of

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00088

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.406

this section. Plywood shall be exterior
type and preservative treated in accordance with NWWDA I.S.4–81, Water
Repellent Preservative Non-Pressure
Treatment for Millwork.
(d) Exterior doors. All swinging exterior doors shall be installed in a manner which allows proper operation and
provides protection against the elements (see § 3280.307).
(e) Certification. All swinging exterior
doors to be installed in manufactured
homes must be certified as complying
with AAMA 1702.2–95, Voluntary Standard Swinging Exterior Passage Door
for Utilization in Manufactured Housing.
(1) All such doors must show evidence
of certification by affixing a quality
certification label to the product in accordance with ANSI Z34.1–1993, Third
Party Certification Programs for Products, Processes, and Services.
(2) In determining certifiability of
the products, an independent quality
assurance agency must conduct a preproduction specimen test in accordance
with AAMA 1702.2–95, Voluntary Standard Swinging Exterior Passage Door
for Utilization in Manufactured Housing.
(f) Protection of exterior doors in high
wind areas. For homes designed to be
located in Wind Zones II and III, manufacturers shall design exterior walls
surrounding the exterior door openings
to allow for the installation of shutters
or other protective covers, such as plywood, to cover these openings. Although not required, the Department
encourages manufacturers to provide
the shutters or protective covers and
to install receiving devices, sleeves, or
anchors for fasteners to be used to secure the shutters or protective covers
to the exterior walls. If the manufacturer does not provide shutters or
other protective covers to cover these
openings, the manufacturer must provide to the homeowner instructions for
at least one method of protecting exterior door openings. This method must
be capable of resisting the design wind
pressures specified in § 3280.305 without
taking the home out of conformance
with the standards in this part. These
instructions must be included in the
printed instructions that accompany
each manufactured home. The instruc-

tions shall also indicate whether receiving devices, sleeves, or anchors, for
fasteners to be used to secure the shutters or protective covers to the exterior walls, have been installed or provided by the manufacturer.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4583, Feb. 12, 1987; 52 FR 35543, Sept. 22, 1987;
58 FR 55009, Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 2474, Jan. 14,
1994; 70 FR 72046, Nov. 30, 2005]

§ 3280.406 Air chamber test method for
certification and qualification of
formaldehyde emission levels.
(a) Preconditioning. Preconditioning
of plywood or particleboard panels for
air chamber tests shall be initiated as
soon as practicable but not in excess of
30
days
after
the
plywood
or
particleboard is produced or surfacefinished, whichever is later, using randomly selected panels.
(1) If preconditioning is to be initiated more than two days after the plywood or particleboard is produced or
surface-finished, whichever is later, the
panels must be dead-stacked or airtight wrapped until preconditioning is
initiated.
(2) Panels selected for testing in the
air chamber shall not be taken from
the top or bottom of the stack.
(b) Testing. Testing must be conducted in accordance with the Standard Test Method for Determining
Formaldehyde Levels from Wood Products Under Defined Test Conditions
Using a Large Chamber, ASTM E 1333–
96, with the following exceptions:
(1) The chamber shall be operated indoors.
(2) Plywood and particleboard panels
shall be individually tested in accordance with the following loading ratios:
(i) Plywood—0.29 Ft2/Ft3, and
(ii) Particleboard—0.13 Ft2/Ft3.
(3) Temperature to be maintained inside the chamber shall be 77° plus or
minus 2 °F.
(4) The test concentration (C) shall
be standardized to a level (CO) at a
temperature (tO) of 77 °F and 50% relative humidity (HO) by the following
formula:
C = CO × [1 + Ax (H ¥ HO)] × e¥R(1
1 / t O)

where:

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00089

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8003

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

/ t ¥

§ 3280.501

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

C = Test formaldehyde concentration
CO = Standardized formaldehyde concentration
e = Natural log base
R = Coefficient of temperature (9799)
t = Actual test condition temperature (O K)
tO = Standardized temperature (O K)
A = Coefficient of humidity (0.0175)
H = Actual relative humidity (%)
HO = Standardized relative humidity (%)

§ 3280.504 Condensation control and
installation of vapor retarders.
(a) Ceiling vapor retarders. (1) In Uo
Value Zones 2 and 3, ceilings must have
a vapor retarder with a permeance of
not greater than 1 perm (as measured
by ASTM E 96–95 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials) (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4) installed on the living
space side of the roof cavity.
(2) For manufactured homes designed
for Uo Value Zone 1, the vapor retarder
may be omitted.
(b) Exterior walls. (1) Exterior walls
must have a vapor retarder with a
permeance no greater than 1 perm (dry
cup method) installed on the living
space side of the wall; or
(2) Unventilated wall cavities must
have an external covering and/or
sheathing that forms the pressure envelope. The covering and/or sheathing
must have a combined permeance of
not less than 5.0 perms. In the absence
of test data, combined permeance is
permitted to be computed using the
following formula: P total = (1/[(1/P1) +
(1/P2)]), where P1 and P2 are the
permeance values of the exterior covering and sheathing in perms. Formed
exterior siding applied in sections with
joints not caulked or sealed, are not
considered to restrict water vapor
transmission; or
(3) Wall cavities must be constructed
so that ventilation is provided to dissipate any condensation occurring in
these cavities; or
(4) Homes manufactured to be sited
in ‘‘humid climates’’ or ‘‘fringe climates’’ as shown on the Humid and
Fringe Climate Map in this paragraph
are permitted to have a vapor retarder
specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section installed on the exterior side of
the wall insulation or be constructed
with an external covering and sheathing with a combined permeance of not
greater than 1.0 perms, provided the interior finish and interior wall panel
materials have a combined permeance
of not less than 5.0 perms. The following need not meet the minimum
combined permeance rating of not less
than 5.0 perms for interior finish or
wall panel materials:

The standardized level (CO) is the concentration used to determine compliance with § 3280.308(a).
(5) The air chamber shall be inspected and recalibrated at least annually to insure its proper operation
under test conditions.
[49 FR 32012, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 58
FR 55009, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72046, Nov. 30,
2005]

Subpart F—Thermal Protection
§ 3280.501

Scope.

This subpart sets forth the requirements for condensation control, air infiltration, thermal insulation and certification for heating and comfort cooling.
§ 3280.502

Definitions.

(a) The following definitions are applicable to subpart F only:
(1) Pressure envelope means that primary air barrier surrounding the living
space which serves to limit air leakage.
In construction using ventilated cavities, the pressure envelope is the interior skin.
(2) Thermal envelope area means the
sum of the surface areas of outside
walls, ceiling and floor, including all
openings. The wall area is measured by
multiplying outside wall lengths by the
inside wall height from floor to ceiling.
The floor and ceiling areas are considered as horizontal surfaces using exterior width and length.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.503

Materials.

Materials used for insulation shall be
of proven effectiveness and adequate
durability to assure that required design conditions concerning thermal
transmission are attained.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00090

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.504

(i) Kitchen back splash materials,
less than 50 square feet in area installed around countertops, sinks, and
ranges;
(ii) Bathroom tub areas, shower compartments;

(iii) Cabinetry and built-in furniture;
(iv) Trim materials;
(v) Hardboard wall paneling of less
than 50 square feet in area under chair
rails.

(5) The following areas of local governments (counties or similar areas,
unless otherwise specified), listed by
state are deemed to be within the
humid and fringe climate areas shown
on the Humid and Fringe Climate Map
in paragraph (b)(4) of this section, and
the vapor retarder or construction
methods specified in paragraph (b)(4) of
this section may be applied to homes
built to be sited within these jurisdictions:

Appling, Atkinson, Bacon, Baker, Ben Hill,
Berrien, Brantley, Brooks, Bryan, Calhoun,
Camden, Charlton, Chatham, Clay, Clinch,
Coffee, Colquitt, Cook, Crisp, Decatur,
Dougherty, Early, Echols, Effingham, Evans,
Glynn, Wayne, Grady, Irwin, Jeff Davis, Lanier, Lee, Liberty, Long, Lowndes, McIntosh,
Miller, Mitchell, Pierce, Quitman, Randolph,
Seminole, Tattnall, Terrell, Thomas, Tift,
Turner, Ware, Worth.

ALABAMA

All counties and locations within the State
of Hawaii.

GEORGIA

HAWAII

LOUISIANA
All counties and locations within the State
of Louisiana.
MISSISSIPPI

FLORIDA

Adams, Amite, Claiborne, Clarke, Copiah,
Covington,
Forrest,
Franklin,
George,
Greene,
Hancock,
Harrison,
Hinds,

All counties and locations within the State
of Florida.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00091

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER30NO05.067

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Baldwin, Barbour, Bullock, Butler, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington,
Crenshaw, Dale, Escambia, Geneva, Henry,
Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Mobile, Monroe, Montgomery, Pike, Washington, Wilcox.

§ 3280.505

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Issaquena, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Jefferson Davis, Jones, Lamar, Lawrence, Lincoln,
Marion, Pearl River, Perry, Pike, Rankin,
Simpson, Smith, Stone, Walthall, Warren,
Wayne, Wilkinson.

vent openings and ventilators shall
provide cross-ventilation to the entire
attic or roof cavity space. A clear air
passage space having a minimum
height of 1 inch shall be provided between the top of the insulation and the
roof sheathing or roof covering. Baffles
or other means shall be provided where
needed to insure the 1 inch height of
the clear air passage space is maintained.
(ii) A mechanical attic or roof ventilation system may be installed instead of providing the free ventilation
area when the mechanical system provides a minimum air change rate of 0.02
cubic feet per minute (cfm) per sq. ft.
of attic floor area. Intake and exhaust
vents shall be located so as to provide
air movement throughout space.
(2) Single section manufactured
homes constructed with metal roofs
and
having
no
sheathing
or
underlayment installed, are not required to be provided with attic or roof
cavity ventilation provided that the air
leakage paths from the living space to
the roof cavity created by electrical
outlets, electrical junctions, electrical
cable penetrations, plumbing penetrations, flue pipe penetrations and exhaust vent penetrations are sealed.
(3) Parallel membrane roof section of
a closed cell type construction are not
required to be ventilated.
(4) The vents provided for ventilating
attics and roof cavities shall be designed to resist entry of rain and insects.

NORTH CAROLINA
Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, New Hanover, Onslow, Pender.
SOUTH CAROLINA
Jasper, Beaufort, Colleton, Dorchester,
Charleston, Berkeley, Georgetown, Horry.
TEXAS

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Anderson, Angelina, Aransas, Atascosa,
Austin, Bastrop, Bee, Bexar, Brazoria, Brazos, Brooks, Burleson, Caldwell, Calhoun,
Cameron, Camp, Cass, Chambers, Cherokee,
Colorado, Comal, De Witt, Dimmit, Duval,
Falls, Fayette, Fort Bend, Franklin, Freestone, Frio, Galveston, Goliad, Gonzales,
Gregg, Grimes, Guadalupe, Hardin, Harris,
Harrison, Hays, Henderson, Hidalgo, Hopkins, Houston, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson,
Jim Hogg, Jim Wells, Karnes, Kaufman, Kennedy, Kinney, Kleberg, La Salle, Lavaca,
Lee, Leon, Liberty, Limestone, Live Oak,
Madison, Marion, Matagorda, Maverick,
McMullen, Medina, Milam, Montgomery,
Morris, Nacogdoches, Navarro, Newton,
Nueces, Orange, Panola, Polk, Rains,
Refugio, Robertson, Rusk, Sabine, San Augustine, San Jacinto, San Patricio, Shelby,
Smith, Starr, Titus, Travis, Trinity, Tyler,
Upshur, Uvalde, Val Verde, Van Zandt, Victoria, Walker, Waller, Washington, Webb,
Wharton, Willacy, Williamson, Wilson,
Wood, Zapata, Zavala.

(c) Liquid applied vapor retarders.
Each liquid applied vapor retarder
must be tested by a nationally recognized testing agency for use on the specific substrate to which it is applied.
The test report must include the perm
rating, as measured by ASTM E 96–95,
Standard Test Methods for Water
Vapor Transmission of Materials, and
associated application rate for each
specific substrate.
(d) Attic or roof ventilation. (1) Attic
and roof cavities shall be vented in accordance with one of the following:
(i) A minimum free ventilation area
of not less than 1/300 of the attic or roof
cavity floor area. At least 50 percent of
the required free ventilation area shall
be provided by ventilators located in
the upper portion of the space to be
ventilated. At least 40 percent shall be
provided by eave, soffit or low gable
vents. The location and spacing of the

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55009, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72046, Nov. 30, 2005;
71 FR 19639, Apr. 17, 2006; 78 FR 73984, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.505

Air infiltration.

(a) Envelope air infiltration. The
opaque envelope shall be designed and
constructed to limit air infiltration to
the living area of the home. Any design, material, method or combination
thereof which accomplishes this goal
may be used. The goal of the infiltration control criteria is to reduce heat
loss/heat gain due to infiltration as
much as possible without impinging on
health and comfort and within the limits of reasonable economics.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00092

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.506

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

(1) Envelope penetrations. Plumbing,
mechanical and electrical penetrations
of the pressure envelope not exempted
by this part, and installations of window and door frames shall be constructed or treated to limit air infiltration. Penetrations of the pressure envelope made by electrical equipment,
other than distribution panel boards
and cable and conduit penetrations, are
exempt from this requirement. Cable
penetrations through outlet boxes are
considered exempt.
(2) Joints between major envelope elements. Joints not designed to limit air
infiltration between wall-to-wall, wallto-ceiling and wall-to-floor connections
shall be caulked or otherwise sealed.

When walls are constructed to form a
pressure envelope on the outside of the
wall cavity, they are deemed to meet
this requirement.
§ 3280.506 Heat loss/heat gain.
The manufactured home heat loss/
heat gain shall be determined by methods outlined in §§ 3280.508 and 3280.509.
The Uo (Coefficient of heat transmission) value zone for which the manufactured home is acceptable and the
lowest outdoor temperature to which
the installed heating equipment will
maintain a temperature of 70 F shall be
certified as specified in § 3280.510 of this
subpart. The Uo value zone shall be determined from the map in figure 506.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00093

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(a) Coefficient of heat transmission.
The overall coefficient of heat transmission (Uo) of the manufactured home
for the respective zones and an indoor

design temperature of 70 F, including
internal and external ducts, and excluding infiltration, ventilation and
condensation control, shall not exceed

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00094

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

EC17OC91.005

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.506

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.508

the Btu/(hr.) (sq. ft.) (F) of the manufactured home envelope are as tabulated below:
Uo
value
zone
1 .........
2 .........
3 .........

manner consistent with the calculation
procedures provided in the document,
Overall U-values and Heating/Cooling
Loads—Manufactured
Homes—February 1992–PNL 8006, HUD User No.
0005945.
(c) Areas where the insulation does
not fully cover a surface or is compressed shall be accounted for in the Ucalculation (see § 3280.506). The effect of
framing on the U-value must be included in the Uo calculation. Other
low-R-value heat-flow paths (‘‘thermal
shorts’’) shall be explicitly accounted
for in the calculation of the transmission heat loss coefficient if in the
aggregate all types of low-R-value
paths amount to more than 1% of the
total exterior surface area. Areas are
considered low-R-value heat-flow paths
if:
(1) They separate conditioned and
unconditioned space; and
(2) They are not insulated to a level
that is at least one-half the nominal
insulation level of the surrounding
building component.
(d) High efficiency heating and cooling
equipment credit. The calculated transmission heat loss coefficient (Uo) used
for meeting the requirement in
§ 3280.506(a) may be adjusted for heating
and cooling equipment above that required by the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (NAECA)
by applying the following formula:

Maximum coefficient of heat transmission
0.116 Btu/(hr.) (sq. ft.) (F).
0.096 Btu/(hr.) (sq. ft.) (F).
0.079 Btu/(hr.) (sq. ft.) (F).

(b) To assure uniform heat transmission in manufactured homes, cavities in exterior walls, floors, and ceilings shall be provided with thermal insulation.
(c) Manufactured homes designed for
Uo Value Zone 3 shall be factory
equipped with storm windows or insulating glass.
[58 FR 55009, Oct. 25, 1993; 59 FR 15113, Mar.
31, 1994]

§ 3280.507 Comfort heat gain.
Information necessary to calculate
the home cooling load shall be provided
as specified in this part.
(a) Transmission heat gains. Homes
complying with this section shall meet
the minimum heat loss transmission
coefficients specified in § 3280.506(a).
§ 3280.508 Heat loss, heat gain and
cooling load calculations.
(a) Information, values and data necessary for heat loss and heat gain determinations must be taken from the
1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Inch-Pound Edition, chapters 22
through 27. The following portions of
those chapters are not applicable:

Uo adjusted = Uo standard × [1 + (0.6)
(heating efficiency increase factor)
+ (cooling multiplier) (cooling efficiency increase factor)]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

23.1 Steel Frame Construction
23.2 Masonry Construction
23.3 Foundations and Floor Systems
23.15 Pipes
23.17 Tanks, Vessels, and Equipment
23.18 Refrigerated Rooms and Buildings
24.18 Mechanical and Industrial Systems
25.19 Commercial Building Envelope Leakage
27.9 Calculation of Heat Loss from Crawl
Spaces

where:
Uo standard = Maximum Uo for Uo Zone required by § 3280.506(a)
Uo adjusted = Maximum Uo standard adjusted for high efficiency HVAC equipment
Heating efficiency increase factor = The increase factor in heating equipment efficiency measured by the Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE), or the Heating Seasonal Performance Factor (HSPF)
for heat pumps, above that required by
NAECA (indicated as ‘‘NAECA’’ in formula). The formula is heating efficiency
increase factor = AFUE (HSPF) home ¥
AFUE (or HSPF) NAECA divided by
AFUE (HSPF) NAECA.
Cooling efficiency increase factor = the increase factor in the cooling equipment

(b) The calculation of the manufactured home’s transmission heat loss coefficient (Uo) must be in accordance
with the fundamental principles of the
1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Inch-Pound Edition, and, at a
minimum, must address all the heat
loss or heat gain considerations in a

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00095

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.509

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

efficiency measured by the Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER) above that
required by NAECA.
The formula being cooling equipment =
SEER home—SEER NAECA divided by
SEER NAECA.
The cooling multiplier for the Uo Zone is
from the following table:
Uo
zone

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

1
1
2
3

.........
.........
.........
.........

spaces, site characteristics, usage patterns and climate.
[58 FR 55011, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 70
FR 72047, Nov. 30, 2005]

§ 3280.509 Criteria in absence of specific data.
In the absence of specific data, for
purposes of heat-loss/gain calculation,
the following criteria shall be used:
(a) Infiltration heat loss. In the absence of measured infiltration heat loss
data, the following formula shall be
used to calculate heat loss due to infiltration and intermittently operated
fans exhausting to the outdoors. The
perimeter calculation shall be based on
the dimensions of the pressure envelope.

Cooling multiplier (Cm)
0.60 (Florida only).
0.20 (All other locations).
0.07.
0.03.

(e) U values for any glazing (e.g., windows, skylights, and the glazed portions of any door) must be based on
tests using AAMA 1503.1–1988, Voluntary Test Method for Thermal
Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed
Wall Sections, or the National Fenestration Rating Council 100, 1997 Edition, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors. In the absence of tests, manufacturers are to
use the residential window U values
contained in Chapter 29, Table 5 of the
1997 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, Inch-Pound Edition. In the event
that the classification of the window
type is indeterminate, the manufacturer must use the classification that
gives the higher U value. Where a composite of materials from two different
product types is used, the product is to
be assigned the higher U value. For the
purpose of calculating Uo values, storm
windows are treated as an additional
pane.
(f) Annual energy used based compliance. As an alternative, homes may
demonstrate compliance with the annual energy used implicit in the coefficient of heat transmission (Uo) requirement. The annual energy use determination must be based on generally
accepted engineering practices. The
general requirement is to demonstrate
that the home seeking compliance approval has a projected annual energy
use, including both heating and cooling, less than or equal to a similar
‘‘base case’’ home that meets the
standard. The energy use for both
homes must be calculated based on the
same assumptions; including assuming
the same dimensions for all boundaries
between conditioned and unconditioned

Infiltration Heat-Loss = 0.7 (T) (ft. of
perimeter), BTU/hr.
where: T = 70 minus the heating system capacity certification temperature stipulated in the Heating Certificate, in F.

(b) Framing areas.
Wall .................................
Floor and Ceiling .............

15 percent of wall area less windows and doors.
10 percent of the area.

(c) Insulation compression. Insulation
compressed to less than nominal thickness and loose-fill insulation in sloping
cavities must have its nominal R-values reduced in compressed areas in accordance with the following table:
TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (C)—EFFECT OF INSULATION COMPRESSION AND RESTRICTION ON RVALUES
Original thickness
(%)

Non-uniform
(a) restriction
Batt
(%)

0 .........................................
1 .........................................
2 .........................................
3 .........................................
4 .........................................
5 .........................................
6 .........................................
7 .........................................
8 .........................................
9 .........................................
10 .......................................
11 .......................................
12 .......................................
13 .......................................
14 .......................................
15 .......................................
16 .......................................
17 .......................................
18 .......................................
19 .......................................

20
26
32
36
38
41
43
45
46
48
49
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
59

Sfmt 8010

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00096

Fmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Blown
(%)
15
21
25
28
30
32
33
35
36
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49

Uniform (b)
compression
batt
(%)
0
1
2
4
5
7
8
10
11
13
14
15
17
18
20
21
22
24
25
26

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.509

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (C)—EFFECT OF INSULATION COMPRESSION AND RESTRICTION ON RVALUES—Continued
Non-uniform
(a) restriction

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Original thickness
(%)

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85

Batt
(%)

.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................
.......................................

60
61
62
63
64
65
65
66
67
68
68
69
70
70
71
72
72
73
74
74
75
75
76
76
77
78
78
79
79
80
80
81
81
82
82
83
83
84
84
84
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
88
88
89
89
90
90
90
91
91
92
92
92
93
93
93
94
94
95
95

Blown
(%)

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (C)—EFFECT OF INSULATION COMPRESSION AND RESTRICTION ON RVALUES—Continued

Uniform (b)
compression
batt
(%)

50
51
52
52
53
54
55
56
57
57
58
59
60
60
61
62
63
63
64
65
65
66
67
68
68
69
70
70
71
71
72
73
73
74
75
75
76
76
77
78
78
79
79
80
81
81
82
82
83
84
84
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
89
89
90
90
91
91
92
92

Original thickness
(%)

28
29
30
31
33
34
35
36
37
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
74
75
76
77
78
78
79
80
81
82
82
83
84
85
85
86
87
88
88
89
90

Non-uniform
(a) restriction
Batt
(%)

86 .......................................
87 .......................................
88 .......................................
89 .......................................
90 .......................................
91 .......................................
92 .......................................
93 .......................................
94 .......................................
95 .......................................
96 .......................................
97 .......................................
98 .......................................
99 .......................................
100 .....................................

95
96
96
96
97
97
97
98
98
98
99
99
99
100
100

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00097

93
93
94
94
95
95
96
96
97
97
98
98
99
99
100

91
91
92
93
93
94
95
95
96
97
97
98
99
99
100

Note: To use this table, first compute the restricted insulation thickness as a fraction of the uncompressed (full) insulation thickness. Then look up the R-value remaining from the
appropriate column (Non-uniform Restriction, Batt Non-uniform Restriction, Blown or Uniform Compression, Batt). Example: Assume a section of loose-fill ceiling insulation went from
R-25 insulation at a height of 10 inches to a minimum height
of 2 inches at the edge of the ceiling. The ratio of minimum to
full thickness is 0.20 (2 divided by 10). Look up 0.20 (20 percent), read across to column 3 (Non-uniform Restriction,
Blown), and read 50 percent. Therefore, the R-value of the
loose-fill insulation over the restricted area would be R-12.5
(50 percent of 25).
(a) Non-uniform restriction is that which occurs between
non-parallel planes, such as in the ceiling near the eaves.
(b) Uniform compression is compression between parallel
planes, such as that which occurs in a wall.

(d) Air supply ducts within floor cavity.
Air supply ducts located within a floor
cavity shall be assumed to be heating
or cooling the floor cavity to living
space temperatures unless the duct is
structurally isolated by the framing
system or thermally insulated from the
rest of the floor cavity with a thermal
insulation at least equal to R–4.
(e) Air supply ducts within ceiling cavity. Where supply ducts are located in
ceiling cavities, the influence of the
duct on cavity temperatures shall be
considered in calculating envelope heat
loss or heat gain.
(f) The supply duct loss (and/or heat
gain where applicable—See § 3280.511)
shall be calculated using the actual
duct surface area and the actual thickness of insulation between the duct and
outside of the manufactured home. If
there is an air space of at least 1⁄2 inch
between the duct and the insulation,
heat loss/gain need not be calculated if
the cavity in which the duct is located

VerDate Sep<11>2014

Blown
(%)

Uniform (b)
compression
batt
(%)

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.510

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)
Construction and Safety Standards for all locations within Uo Value Zone ll.

is assumed to be at living space temperature. The average temperature inside the supply duct, including ducts
installed outside the manufactured
home, shall be assumed to be 130 F for
purposes of calculation of heat loss and
60 F for heat gain.
(g) Return air cavities. Cavities used
as return air plenums shall be considered to be at living space temperature.

Heating Equipment Manufacturer lllll
Heating Equipment Model lllllllll
The above heating equipment has the capacity to maintain an average 70F temperature in this home at outdoor temperatures of
[see paragraph (b) of this section] F. To
maximize furnace operating economy and to
conserve energy, it is recommended that this
home be installed where the outdoor winter
design temperature (97 1/2%) is not higher
than [see paragraph (c) of this section] F degrees Fahrenheit.
The above information has been calculated
assuming a maximum wind velocity of 15
MPH at standard atmospheric pressure.

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 78 FR
73984, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.510

Heat loss certificate.

The manufactured home manufacturer shall permanently affix the following ‘‘Certificate’’ to an interior surface of the home that is readily visible
to the homeowner. The ‘‘Certificate’’
shall specify the following:
(a) Heating zone certification. The design zone at which the manufactured
home
heat
loss
complies
with
§ 3280.506(a).
(b) Outdoor certification temperature.
The lowest outdoor temperature at
which the installed heating equipment
will maintain a 70 °F temperature inside the home without storm sash or
insulating glass for Zones 1 and 2, and
with storm sash or insulating glass for
Zone 3 and complying with § 3280.508
and § 3280.509.
(c) Operating economy certification temperature. The temperature to be specified for operating economy and energy
conservation shall be 20 °F or 30% of
the design temperature difference,
whichever is greater, added to the temperature specified as the heating system capacity certification temperature
without storm windows or insulating
glass in Zones 1 and 2 and with storm
windows or insulating glass in Zone 3.
Design temperature difference is 70°
minus the heating system capacity certification temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.

(d) The following additional statement must be provided on the heating
certificate and data plate required by
§ 3280.5 when the home is built with a
vapor retarder of not greater than one
perm (dry cup method) on the exterior
side of the insulation: ‘‘This home is
designed and constructed to be sited
only in humid or fringe climate regions
as shown on the Humid and Fringe Climate Map.’’ A reproduction of the
Humid and Fringe Climate Map in
§ 3280.504 is to be provided on the heating certificate and data plate. The map
must be not less than 31⁄2 inch × 21⁄4
inch in size and may be combined with
the Uo Value Zone Map for Manufactured Housing in § 3280.506.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55011, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72048, Nov. 30, 2005]

§ 3280.511 Comfort cooling certificate
and information.

HEATING CERTIFICATE

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Home Manufacturer lllllllllllll
Plant Location lllllllllllllll
Home Model lllllllllllllllll
(Include Uo Value Zone Map)
This manufactured home has been thermally insulated to conform with the requirements of the Federal Manufactured Home

(a) The manufactured home manufacturer shall permanently affix a ‘‘Comfort Cooling Certificate’’ to an interior
surface of the home that is readily visible to the home owner. This certificate
may be combined with the heating certificate required in § 3280.510. The manufacturer shall comply with one of the
following three alternatives in providing the certificate and additional
information concerning the cooling of
the manufactured home:
(1) Alternative I. If a central air conditioning system is provided by the home
manufacturer, the heat gain calculation necessary to properly size the air
conditioning equipment shall be in accordance with procedures outlined in

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00098

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.511

chapter 22 of the 1989 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, with an assumed location and orientation. The
following shall be supplied in the Comfort Cooling Certificate:
Air Conditioner Manufacturer lllllll
Air Conditioner Model lllllllllll
Certified Capacity lll BTU/Hr. in accordance with the appropriate Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standards
The central air conditioning system provided with this home has been sized, assuming an orientation of the front (hitch) end of
the home facing lll and is designed on the
basis of a 75 °F indoor temperature and an
outdoor temperature of l °F dry bulb and l
°F wet bulb.
EXAMPLE ALTERNATE I
COMFORT COOLING CERTIFICATE
Manufactured Home Mfg llllllllll
Plant Location lllllllllllllll
Manufactured Home Model lllllllll
Air Conditioner Manufacturer lllllll
Certified Capacity lll BTU/Hr. in accordance with the appropriate Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standards.
The central air conditioning system provided with this home has been sized assuming an orientation of the front (hitch end) of
the home facing lll. On this basis, the
system is designed to maintain an indoor
temperature of 75 °F when outdoor temperatures are l °F dry bulb and l °F wet bulb.
The temperature to which this home can
be cooled will change depending upon the
amount of exposure of the windows to the
sun’s radiant heat. Therefore, the home’s
heat gains will vary dependent upon its orientation to the sun and any permanent shading provided. Information concerning the
calculation of cooling loads at various locations, window exposures and shadings are
provided in chapter 22 of the 1989 edition of
the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals.

(2) Alternative 2. For each home suitable for a central air cooling system,
the manufacturer shall provide the following statement: ‘‘This air distribution system of this home is suitable for
the installation of a central air conditioning system.’’
EXAMPLE ALTERNATE 2
lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

COMFORT COOLING CERTIFICATE
Manufactured Home Manufacturer lllll
Plant Location lllllllllllllll
Manufactured Home Model lllllllll

This air distribution system of this home
is suitable for the installation of central air
conditioning.
The supply air distribution system installed in this home is sized for Manufactured Home Central Air Conditioning System of up to lll B.T.U./Hr. rated capacity
which are certified in accordance with the
appropriate Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute Standards. When the air
circulators of such air conditioners are rated
at 0.3 inch water column static pressure or
greater for the cooling air delivered to the
manufactured home supply air duct system.
Information necessary to calculate cooling
loads at various locations and orientations is
provided in the special comfort cooling information provided with this manufactured
home.

(3) Alternative 3. If the manufactured
home is not equipped with an air supply duct system, or if the manufacturer
elects not to designate the home as
being suitable for the installation of a
central air conditioning system, the
manufacturer shall provide the following statement: ‘‘This air distribution system of this home has not been
designed in anticipation of its use with
a central air conditioning system.’’
EXAMPLE ALTERNATE 3
COMFORT COOLING CERTIFICATE
Manufactured Home Mfg llllllllll
Plant Location lllllllllllllll
Manufactured Home Model lllllllll
The air distribution system of this home
has not been designed in anticipation of its
use with a central air conditioning system.

(b) For each home designated as suitable for central air conditioning the
manufacturer shall provide the maximum central manufactured home air
conditioning capacity certified in accordance with the ARI Standard 210/
240–89 Unitary Air-Conditioning and
Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment and
in accordance with § 3280.715(a)(3). If
the capacity information provided is
based on entrances to the air supply
duct at other than the furnace plenum,
the manufacturer shall indicate the
correct supply air entrance and return
air exit locations.
(c) Comfort cooling information. For
each manufactured home designated,
either ‘‘suitable for’’ or ‘‘provided
with’’ a central air conditioning system, the manufacturer shall provide
comfort cooling information specific to
the manufactured home necessary to

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00099

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.601

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)
appliances, or other device and the
flood level rim of the receptacle.
Backflow means the flow of water or
other liquids, mixtures, or substances
into the distributing pipes of a potable
supply of water from any source or
sources other than its intended
sources.
Backflow connection means any arrangement whereby backflow can
occur.
Backflow preventer means a device or
means to prevent backflow.
Branch means any part of the piping
system other than a riser, main or
stack.
Common vent means a vent connecting at the junction of fixture
drains and serving as a vent for more
than one fixture.
Continuous vent means a vertical vent
that is a continuation of the drain to
which it connects.
Continuous waste means a drain from
two or more fixtures connected to a
single trap.
Critical level means a point established by the testing laboratory (usually stamped on the device by the manufacturer) which determines the minimum elevation above the flood level
rim of the fixture or receptacle served
on which the device may be installed.
When a backflow prevention device
does not bear a critical level marking,
the bottom of the vacuum breaker,
combination valve, or of any such approved or listed device shall constitute
the critical level.
Cross connection means any physical
connection or arrangement between
two otherwise separate systems or
sources, one of which contains potable
water and the other either water,
steam, gas or chemical of unknown or
questionable safety whereby there may
be a flow from one system or source to
the other, the direction of flow depending on the pressure differential between the two systems.
Developed length means that length of
pipe measured along the center line of
the pipe and fittings.
Diameter, unless otherwise specifically stated, means the nominal (inside) diameter designated commercially.

complete the cooling load calculations.
The comfort cooling information shall
include a statement to read as follows:
To determine the required capacity of
equipment to cool a home efficiently and
economically, a cooling load (heat gain) calculation is required. The cooling load is dependent on the orientation, location and the
structure of the home. Central air conditioners operate most efficiently and provide
the greatest comfort when their capacity
closely approximates the calculated cooling
load. Each home’s air conditioner should be
sized in accordance with chapter 22 of the
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating
and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Handbook of Fundamentals, 1989 Edition,
once the location and orientation are known.
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER NECESSARY TO CALCULATE SENSIBLE
HEAT GAIN
Walls (without windows and doors) .............................
Ceilings and roofs of light color ...................................
Ceilings and roofs of dark color ..................................
Floors ...........................................................................
Air ducts in floor ...........................................................
Air ducts in ceiling .......................................................
Air ducts installed outside the home ...........................

Information
areas.

necessary

calculate

U
U
U
U
U
U
U

duct

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55012, Oct. 25, 1993]

Subpart G—Plumbing Systems

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.601 Scope.
Subpart G of this standard covers the
plumbing materials, fixtures, and
equipment installed within or on manufactured homes. It is the intent of
this subpart to assure water supply,
drain, waste and vent systems which
permit satisfactory functioning and
provide for health and safety under all
conditions of normal use.
§ 3280.602 Definitions.
The following definitions are applicable to subpart G only:
Accessible, when applied to a fixture,
connection, appliance or equipment,
means having access thereto, but
which may require removal of an access panel or opening of a door.
Air gap (water distribution system)
means the unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any
pipe or faucet supplying water to a
tank, plumbing fixture, water supplied

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00100

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.602

Drain means a pipe that carries
waste, water, or water-borne waste in a
drainage system.
Drain connector means the removable
extension, consisting of all pipes, fittings and appurtenances, from the
drain outlet to the drain inlet serving
the manufactured home.
Drain outlet means the lowest end of
the main or secondary drain to which a
sewer connection is made.
Drainage system means all piping
within or attached to the structure
that conveys sewage or other liquid
waste to the drain outlet, not including
the drain connector.
Fixture drain means the drain from
the trap of a fixture to the junction of
that drain with any other drain pipe.
Fixture supply means the water supply pipe connecting a fixture to a
branch water supply pipe or directly to
a main water supply pipe.
Flood-level means the level in the receptacle over which water would overflow to the outside of the receptacle.
Flooded means the condition which
results when the liquid in a container
or receptacle rises to the flood-level.
Flush tank means that portion of a
water closet that is designed to contain
sufficient water to adequately flush the
fixture.
Flush valve means a device located at
the bottom of a flush tank for flushing
a water closet.
Flushometer tank: means a device integrated within an air accumulator
vessel which is designed to discharge a
predetermined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes.
Flushometer valve means a device
which discharges a predetermined
quantity of water to a fixture for flushing purposes and is closed by direct
water pressure.
Grade means the fall (slope) of a pipe
in reference to a horizontal plane expressed in inches per foot length.
Horizontal branch means any pipe extending laterally, which receives the
discharge from one or more fixture
drains and connects to the main drain.
Horizontal pipe means any pipe or fitting which makes an angle of not more
than 45 degrees with the horizontal.
Individual vent means a pipe installed
to vent a fixture drain.

Inlet coupling means the terminal end
of the water system to which the water
service connection is attached. It may
be a swivel fitting or threaded pipe end.
Main means the principal artery of
the system to which branches may be
connected.
Main drain means the lowest pipe of a
drainage system which receives sewage
from all the fixtures within a manufactured home and conducts these wastes
to the drain outlet.
Main vent means the principal artery
of the venting system to which vent
branches may be connected.
Mechanical trap vent device means a
device that automatically opens to
admit air to a fixture drain above the
connection of the trap arm so as to prevent siphonage, and closes tightly
when the pressure within the drainage
system is equal to or greater than atmospheric pressure, so as to prevent
the escape of gases from the drainage
system into the manufactured home.
Offset means a combination of pipe
and/or fittings that brings one section
of the pipe out of line but into a line
parallel with the other section.
Pitch. See Grade.
Plumbing appliance: means any one of
a special class of plumbing fixture
which is intended to perform a special
plumbing function. Its operation and/or
control may be dependent upon one or
more energized components, such as
motors, control, heating elements, or
pressure or temperature-sensing elements. Such fixture may operate automatically through one or more of the
following actions: A time cycle, a temperature range, a pressure range, a
measured volume or weight, or the fixture may be manually adjusted or controlled by the user or operator.
Plumbing appurtenance: means a manufactured device, or a prefabricated assembly, or an on-the-job assembly of
component parts, and which is an adjunct to the basic piping system and
plumbing system and plumbing fixtures. An appurtenance demands no additional water supply, nor does it add
any discharge load to a fixture or the
drainage system.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00101

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.603

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Plumbing fixtures means receptacles,
devices, or appliances which are supplied with water or which receive liquid or liquid-borne wastes for discharge
into the drainage system.
Plumbing system means the water supply and distribution pipes; plumbing
fixtures, faucets and traps; soil, waste
and vent pipes; and water-treating or
water-using equipment.
Primary vent. See main vent.
Relief vent means an auxiliary vent
which permits additional circulation of
air in or between drainage and vent
systems.
Secondary vent means any vent other
than the main vent or those serving
each toilet.
Sewage means any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in
suspension or solution, and may include liquids containing chemicals in
solution.
Siphonage means the loss of water
seal from fixture traps resulting from
partial vacuum in the drainage system
which may be of either of the following
two types, or a combination of the two:
(a) Self-siphonage resulting from vacuum in a fixture drain generated solely
by the discharge of the fixture served
by that drain, or,
(b) Induced siphonage resulting from
vacuum in the drainage system generated by the discharge of one or more
fixtures other than the one under observation.
Trap means a fitting or device designed and constructed to provide a liquid seal that will prevent the back passage of air without materially affecting the flow of liquid waste through it.
Trap arm means the portion of a fixture drain between a trap and its vent.
Trap seal means the vertical depth of
liquid that a trap will retain.
Vacuum breaker. See backflow preventer.
Vent cap means the device or fitting
which protects the vent pipe from foreign substance with an opening to the
atmosphere equal to the area of the
vent it serves.
Vent system means that part of a piping installation which provides circulation of air within a drainage system.
Vertical pipe means any pipe or fitting which makes an angle of not more
than 45 degrees with the vertical.

Water closet drain means that part of
the drainage piping which receives the
discharge from each individual water
closet.
Water connection means the fitting or
point of connection for the manufactured home water distribution system
designed for connection to a water supply.
Water connector means the removable
extension connecting the manufactured
home water distribution system to the
water supply.
Water distribution system means potable water piping within or permanently
attached to the manufactured home.
Wet vent means a vent which also
serves as a drain for one or more fixtures.
Wet vented drainage system means the
specially designed system of drain piping that also vents one or more plumbing fixtures by means of a common
waste and vent pipe.
Whirlpool bathtub means a plumbing
appliance consisting of a bathtub fixture which is equipped and fitted with
a circulation piping system, pump, and
other appurtenances and is so designed
to accept, circulate, and discharge
bathtub water upon each use.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4584, Feb. 12, 1987; 52 FR 47553, Dec. 15, 1987;
58 FR 55012, Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73984, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.603 General requirements.
(a) Minimum requirements. Any plumbing system installed in a manufactured
home shall conform, at least, with the
provisions of this subpart.
(1) General. The plumbing system
shall be of durable material, free from
defective workmanship, and so designed and constructed as to give satisfactory service for a reasonable life expectancy.
(2) Conservation. Each water closet
must not use more than 1.6 gallons of
water per flush.
(3) Connection to drainage system. All
plumbing, fixtures, drains, appurtenances, and appliances designed or
used to receive or discharge liquid
waste or sewage shall be connected to
the manufactured home drainage system in a manner provided by this
standard.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00102

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.604

(4) Workmanship. All design, construction, and workmanship shall be in
conformance with accepted engineering
practices and shall be of such character
as to secure the results sought to be
obtained by this standard.
(5) Components. Plumbing materials,
devices, fixtures, fittings, equipment,
appliances, appurtenance, and accessories intended for use in or attached
to a manufactured home shall conform
to one of the applicable standards referenced in § 3280.604. Where an applicable standard is not referenced, or an alternative recognized standard is utilized, the plumbing component shall be
listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, inspection agency or
other qualified organization as suitable
for the intended use.
(6) Prohibited fittings and practices. (i)
Drainage or vent piping shall not be
drilled and tapped for the purpose of
making connections.
(ii) Except as specifically provided
elsewhere in this standard, vent pipes
shall not be used as waste or drain
pipes.
(iii) Fittings, connections, devices, or
methods of installation that obstruct
or retard the flow of sewage, or air in
the drainage or venting systems in an
amount greater than the normal frictional resistance to flow shall not be
used unless their use is acceptable in
this standard or their use is accepted
as having a desirable and acceptable
function of ultimate benefit to the
proper and continued functioning of
the plumbing system.
(iv) Cracks, holes, or other imperfections in materials shall not be concealed by welding, brazing, or soldering
or by paint, wax, tar, or other leaksealing or repairing agents.
(v) Piping, fixtures or equipment
shall be located so as not to interfere
with the normal use or with the normal operation and use of windows,
doors or other required facilities.
(vi) Galvanized pipe shall not be bent
or welded.
(7) Alignment of fittings. All valves,
pipes, and fittings shall be installed in
correct relationship to the direction of
flow.
(b) Protective requirements. (1) Cutting
structural members. Structural members shall not be unnecessarily or care-

lessly weakened by cutting or notching.
(2) Exposed piping. All piping, pipe
threads, hangers, and support exposed
to the weather, water, mud, and road
hazard, and subject to damage therefrom,
shall
be
painted,
coated,
wrapped, or otherwise protected from
deterioration.
(3) Road damage. Pipes, supports,
drains, outlets, or drain hoses shall not
extend or protrude in a manner where
they could be unduly subjected to damage during transit.
(4) Freezing. All piping and fixtures
subject to freezing temperatures shall
be insulated or protected to prevent
freezing, under normal occupancy. The
manufacturer shall provide:
(i) Written installation instructions
for the method(s) required for compliance to this section;
(ii) A statement in the installation
instructions required by § 3280.306(b),
stating that if the heat tape or pipe
heating cable is used, it must be listed
for use with manufactured homes.
(iii) A receptacle outlet complying
with § 3280.806(d)(10).
(5) All piping, except the fixture trap,
shall be designed to allow drainage.
(6) Rodent resistance. All exterior
openings around piping and equipment
shall be sealed to resist the entrance of
rodents.
(7) Piping and electrical wiring shall
not pass through the same holes in
walls, floors or roofs. Plastic piping
shall not be exposed to heat in excess
of manufacturers recommendation or
radiation from heat producing appliances.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 54383, Oct. 5, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR 55012,
Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73985, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.604

Materials.

(a) Minimum standards. Materials, devices, fixtures, fittings, equipment, appliances, appurtenances and accessories shall conform to one of the
standards in the following table and be
free from defects. Where an appropriate
standard is not indicated in the table
or a standard not indicated in the table
is preferred, the item may be used if it
is listed. A listing is also required when

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00103

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.604

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)
Standard Specification for Seamless Red
Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes—ASTM B43–91.
Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125
and 250—ANSI/ASME B16.15–1985.

so specified in other sections of this
subpart.
(b) Where more than one standard is
referenced for a particular material or
component, compliance with only one
of those standards is acceptable. Exceptions:
(1) When one of the reference standards requires evaluation of chemical,
toxicity or odor properties which are
not included in the other standard,
then conformance to the applicable requirements of each standard shall be
demonstrated;
(2) When a plastic material or component is not covered by the Standards in
the following table, it must be certified
as non-toxic in accordance with ANSI/
NSF 61–2001, Drinking water system
components—Health effects.

PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS
Standard Specification Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic
Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings—
ASTM D2661–91.
Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent
Pipe and Fittings—ASTM D2665–91b.
Standard Specification for Drain, Waste, and
Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patterns—
ASTM D3311–92.
Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40, Plastic
Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe With a Cellular Core—ASTM F628–91.
Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and
Cold-Water Distribution Systems—ASTM
D2846–92.
Standard Specification for Polybutylene
(PB) Plastic Hot- and Cold-Water Distribution Systems—ASTM D3309–92a.
Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials—ANSI/NSF 14–1990.
Standard Specification for Crosslinked
Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing—ASTM F876–10
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Standard Specification for Crosslinked
Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and ColdWater Distribution Systems—ASTM F877–07
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).

FERROUS PIPE AND FITTINGS
Gray Iron Threaded Fittings—ANSI/ASME
B16.4–1992.
Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings—ANSI/
ASME B16.3–1992.
Material and Property Standard for Special
Cast Iron Fittings—IAPMO PS 5–84.
Welding and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe—
ANSI/ASME B36.10–1979.
Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black
and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and
Seamless—ASTM A53–93.
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)—ANSI/
ASME B1.20.1–1983.
Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings—ASTM A74–92.
Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron
Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and
Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications—CISPI–301–90.

MISCELLANEOUS
Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets
for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings, ASTM
C564–97 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4).
Backflow Valves—ANSI A112.14.1–1975.
Plumbing Fixture Setting Compound—TTP
1536A–1975.
Material and Property Standard for Cast
Brass and Tubing P-Traps—IAPMO PS 2–
89.
Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems, ANSI Z21.22–1999 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Standard Specification for Solvent Cement
for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS)
Plastic Pipe and Fittings—ASTM D2235–88.
Standard Specification for Solvent Cements
for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic
Piping Systems—ASTM D2564–91a.
Specification for Neoprene Rubber Gaskets
for HUB and Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe and
Fittings—CISPI–HSN–85.
Plumbing System Components for Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles—
ANSI/NSF 24–1988.
Material and Property Standard for Diversion Tees and Twin Waste Elbow—IAPMO
PS 9–84.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

NONFERROUS PIPE AND FITTINGS
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper
Pipe, Standard Sizes—ASTM B42–93.
Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and
Copper-Alloy Tube—ASTM B251–93.
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper
Water Tube—ASTM B88–93.
Standard Specification for Copper Drainage
Tube (DWV)—ASTM B306–92.
Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy SolderJoint
Pressure
Fitting—ASME/ANSI
B16.22–1989.
Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy
Solder-Joint
Drainage
Fittings-DWV—
ASME/ANSI B16.29–1986.
Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings—ANSI B16.18–1984.
Cast Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage
Fittings-DWV—ASME B16.23–1992.
Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper
Tubes—ASME/ANSI B16.26–1988.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00104

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.604

Material and Property Standard for Flexible
Metallic Water Connectors—IAPMO PS 14–
89.
Material and Property Standard for Dishwasher Drain Airgaps—IAPMO PS 23–89.
Material and Property Standards for Backflow Prevention Assemblies—IAPMO PS
31–91.
Performance Requirements for Air Admittance Valves for Plumbing Drainage Systems, Fixture and Branch Devices—ASSE
Standard #1051, 1990 Revised: 1996/ANSI
1998.
Drinking Water System Components–Health
Effects—ANSI/NSF 61–2001.

Plumbing
Fixture
Fittings—ASME/ANSI
A112.18.1M–1989.
Trim for Water Closet, Bowls, Tanks, and
Urinals—ANSI A112.19.5–1979.
Plastic Water Closets, Bowls, and Tanks
with Addenda Z124.4a-1990—ANSI Z124.4–
1986.
ANSI Z124.5, Plastic Toilet (Water Closets)
Seats, 1997.
ANSI Z124.7, Prefabricated Plastic Spa
Shells, 1997.
Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances—ASME/ANSI
A112.19.7M–1987.
ANSI Z–124.9, Plastic Urinal Fixtures, 1994.
Performance Requirements for Individual
Thermostatic Pressure Balancing and
Combination Control for Bathing Facilities—ASSE 1016–1988 (ANSI 1990).
Performance Requirements for Pressurized
Flushing
Devices
(Flushometers)
for
Plumbing Fixtures—ASSE 1037–1990 (ANSI–
1990).
Performance Requirements for Water Closet
Flush Tank Fill Valves (Ballcocks)—ASSE
1002 Revision 5–1986 (ANSI/ASSE–1979).
Performance Requirements for Hand-held
Showers—ASSE 1014–1989 (ANSI–1990).
Hydrants for Utility and Maintenance Use—
ANSI/ASME A112.21.3M–1985.
Performance Requirements for Home Laundry Equipment—ASSE 1007–1986.
Performance Requirements for Hot Water
Dispensers, Household Storage Type Electrical—ASSE 1023, (ANSI/ASSE–1979).
Plumbing Requirements for Residential Use
(Household)
Dishwashers—ASSE
1006,
(ASSE/ANSI–1986).
Performance Requirements for Household
Food Waste Disposer Units—ASSE 1008–
1986.
Performance Requirements for Temperature
Activated Mixing Valves for Primary Domestic Use—ASSE 1017–1986.
Water Hammer Arresters—ANSI A112.26.1–
1969 (R 1975).
Suction Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools,
Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool
Bathtub
Appliances—ASME/ANSI
A112.19.8M–1989.
Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems—ASME
A112.1.2–1991.
Performance Requirements for Diverters for
Plumbing Faucets with Hose Spray, AntiSiphon Type, Residential Applications—
ASSE 1025 (ANSI/ASSE–1978).
Performance Requirements for Pipe Applied
Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers—
ASSE 1001 (ASSE/ANSI–1990).
Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers—ASSE 1011–1981
(ANSI–1982).
Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining,
Anti-Backflow Types—ANSI/ASSE 1019–
1978.
Performance Requirements for Automatic
Compensating Values for Individual Shower

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

PLUMBING FIXTURES
Plumbing
Fixtures
(General
Specifications)—FS WW–P–541E/GEN–1980.
Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures—ANSI/
ASME A112.19.2(M)–1990.
Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures—
ANSI/ASME A112.19.1M–1987.
Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing
Fixtures—ANSI/ASME A112.19.4(M)–1984.
Plastic Bathtub Units with Addenda Z124.1a–
1990 and Z124.16–1991—ANSI Z124.1–1987.
Standard for Porcelain Enameled Formed
Steel Plumbing Fixtures—IAPMO TSC 22–
85.
Plastic Shower Receptors and Shower Stalls
with Addendum Z124.2a–1990—ANSI Z124.2–
1987.
Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed
for
Residential
Use)—ANSI/ASME
A112.19.3M–1987.
Material and Property Standard for Drains
for Prefabricated and Precast Showers—
IAPMO PS 4–90.
Plastic Lavatories with Addendum Z124.3a–
1990—ANSI Z124.3–1986.
Standard for Safety Glazing Materials used
in Buildings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, ANSI Z97.1–2004
(incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Water Heater Relief Valve Drain Tubes—
ASME A112.4.1–1993.
Flexible Water Connectors—ASME A112.18.6–
1999.
Performance Requirements for Backflow
Protection Devices and Systems in Plumbing Fixture Fittings—ASME A112.18.3M–
1996.
Non-Vitreous Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures—
ASME A112.19.9M–1991.
Dual Flush Devices for Water Closets—
ASME A119.19.10–1994.
Deck Mounted Bath/Shower Transfer Valves
with Integral Backflow Protection—ASME
A112.18.7–1999.
Plastic Fittings for Connecting Water Closets to the Sanitary Drainage System—
ASME A112.4.3–1999.
Hydraulic Performance Requirements for
Water
Closets
and
Urinals,
ASME
A112.19.6–1995.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00105

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.605

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

and Tub/Shower Combinations, approved
January 2005 ASSE 1016–2005 (incorporated
by reference, see § 3280.4).
Performance Requirements for Water Temperature Limiting Devices, approved February 2004, ASSE 1070–2004 (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4).

(h) Cast iron soil pipe joints. Approved
or listed cast iron pipe may be joined
as follows:
(1) Approved or listed hub-less pipe
and fittings must be permitted to be
joined with listed couplings or adapters, per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
(2) Hub and plain-end soil pipe may
be joined by compression fittings per
the manufacturer’s recommendation.

[58 FR 55013, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 70
FR 72048, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73985, Dec. 9,
2013; 79 FR 31863, June 3, 2014]

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.605

Joints and connections.

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 53 FR
23611, June 23, 1988; 78 FR 73985, Dec. 9, 2013]

(a) Tightness. Joints and connections
in the plumbing system shall be gastight and watertight for the pressures
required under testing procedures.
(b) Assembling of pipe. All joints and
connections shall be correctly assembled for tightness. Pipe threads shall be
fully engaged with the threads of the
fitting. Plastic pipe and copper tubing
shall be inserted to the full depth of
the solder cup or welding sockets of
each fitting. Pipe threads and slip
joints shall not be wrapped with string,
paper, putty, or similar fillers.
(c) Threaded joints. Threads for screw
pipe and fittings shall conform to the
approved or listed standard. Pipe ends
shall be reamed out to size of bore. All
burrs, chips, cutting oil and foreign
matter shall be removed. Pipe joint cement or thread lubricant shall be of approved type and applied to male
threads only.
(d) Solder joints. Solder joints for tubing shall be made with approved or listed solder type fittings. Surfaces to be
soldered shall be cleaned bright. The
joints shall be properly fluxed with
noncorrosive paste type flux and, for
manufactured homes to be connected
to a public water system, made with
solder having not more than 0.2 percent
lead.
(e) Plastic pipe, fittings and joints.
Plastic pipe and fittings shall be joined
by installation methods recommended
by the manufacturer or in accordance
with the provisions of a recognized, approved, or listed standard.
(f) Union joints. Metal unions in water
piping
shall
have
metal-to-metal
ground seats.
(g) Flared joints. Flared joints for
soft-copper water tubing shall be made
with approved or listed fittings. The
tubing shall be expanded with a proper
flaring tool.

§ 3280.606 Traps and cleanouts.
(a) Traps—(1) Traps required. Each
plumbing fixture, except listed toilets,
shall be separately trapped by approved
water seal ‘‘P’’ traps. All traps shall be
effectively vented.
(2) Combination Fixtures. For the purposes of drainage and ventilation requirements, a two- or three-compartment sink, up to three single sinks, or
up to three lavatories may be connected to one ‘‘P’’ trap and considered
as a single fixture, so long as the sinks
and lavatories are in the same room,
have waste outlets not more than 30
inches apart, and have flood level rims
at the same level. The ‘‘P’’ trap must
be installed at the center fixture when
three such fixtures are installed.
(3) Prohibited traps. A trap which depends for its seal upon concealed interior partitions shall not be used. Full
‘‘S’’ traps, bell traps, drum traps,
crown-vented traps, and running traps
are prohibited. Fixtures shall not be
double-trapped.
(4) Material and design. Each trap
shall be self-cleaning with a smooth
and uniform interior waterway. Traps
shall be manufactured of cast iron, cast
brass, or drawn brass tubing of not less
than No. 20 Brown and Sharpe gage, or
approved or listed plastic, or other approved or listed material. Union joints
for a trap shall be beaded to provide a
shoulder for the union nut. Each trap
shall have the manufacturer’s name
stamped or cast in the body of the trap,
and each tubing trap shall show the
gage of the tubing.
(5) Trap seal. Each ‘‘P’’ trap shall
have a water seal of not less than 2
inches and not more than 4 inches and
shall be set true to its seal.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00106

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.607

(6) Size. Traps shall be not less than
11⁄4 inches in diameter. A trap shall not
be larger than the waste pipe to which
it is connected.
(7) Location. Each trap shall be located as close to its vent and to its fixture outlet as structural conditions
will permit.
(8) Length of tailpiece. The vertical
distance from a trap to the fixture outlet shall not exceed 24 inches.
(9) Installation. (i) Grade of trap arm.
The piping between a ‘‘P’’ trap and the
fixture tee or the vented waste line
shall be graded 1⁄4 inch per foot towards
the vent and in no event shall have a
slope greater than its diameter. The
vent opening at fixture tees shall not
be below the weir of the ‘‘P’’ trap outlet.
(ii) Trap arm offset. The piping between the ‘‘P’’ trap and vent may
change direction or be offset horizontally with the equivalent of no
more than 180 degrees total change in
direction with a maximum of 90 degrees by any one fitting.
(iii) Concealed traps. Traps with mechanical joints shall be accessible for
repair and inspection.
(iv) Removability of traps, etc. Traps
shall be designed and installed so the
‘‘U’’ bend is removable without removing the strainers from the fixture. Continuous waste and tail pieces which are
permanently attached to the ‘‘U’’ bend
shall also be removable without removing the strainer from the fixture.
(b) Cleanout openings—(1) Location of
cleanout fittings. (i) Cleanouts shall be
installed if the drainage system cannot
be cleaned through fixtures, drains, or
vents. Cleanouts shall also be provided
when fittings of more than 45 degrees
are used to affect an offset except
where long turn ells are used which
provide sufficient ‘‘sweep’’ for cleaning.
(ii) A full size cleanout shall be installed at the upper end of any section
of drain piping which does not have the
required minimum slope of 1⁄4 inch per
foot grade.
(iii) A cleaning tool shall not be required to pass through more than 360
degrees of fittings, excluding removable ‘‘P’’ traps, to reach any part of the
drainage system. Water closets may be
removed for drainage system access.

(2) Access to cleanouts. Cleanouts shall
be accessible through an unobstructed
minimum clearance of 12 inches directly in front of the opening. Each
cleanout fitting shall open in a direction opposite to the flow or at right angles to the pipe. Concealed cleanouts
that are not provided with access covers shall be extended to a point above
the floor or outside of the manufactured home, with pipe and fittings installed, as required, for drainage piping
without sags and pockets.
(3) Material. Plugs and caps shall be
brass or approved or listed plastic, with
screw pipe threads.
(4) Design. Cleanout plugs shall have
raised heads except that plugs at floor
level shall have counter-sunk slots.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55014, Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73985, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.607 Plumbing fixtures.
(a) General requirements—(1) Quality of
fixtures. Plumbing fixtures shall have
smooth impervious surfaces, be free
from defects and concealed fouling surfaces, be capable of resisting road
shock and vibration, and shall conform
in quality and design to listed standards. Fixtures shall be permanently
marked with the manufacturer’s name
or trademark.
(2) Strainers. The waste outlet of all
plumbing fixtures, other than toilets,
shall be equipped with a drain fitting
that will provide an adequate unobstructed waterway.
(3) Fixture Connections. Fixture tailpieces and continuous wastes in exposed or accessible locations must be
of not less than No. 20 Brown and
Sharpe gauge seamless drawn-brass
tubing or other approved pipe or tubing
materials. Inaccessible fixture connections must be constructed according to
the requirements for drainage piping.
The diameter of each fixture tailpiece,
continuous waste, or waste and overflow must be not less than:
(i) 11⁄2 inches, for sinks of two or
more
compartments,
dishwashers,
clothes washing machines, laundry
tubs, bathtubs, and showers; and
(ii) Not less than 11⁄4 inches for lavatories or single compartment sinks
having a 2-inch maximum drain opening.

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00107

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.607

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(4) Concealed connections. Concealed
slip joint connections shall be provided
with adequately sized unobstructed access panels and shall be accessible for
inspection and repair.
(5) Directional fitting. An approved or
listed ‘‘Y’’ or other directional-type
branch fitting shall be installed in
every tailpiece or continuous waste
that receives the discharge from food
waste disposal units, dishwashing, or
other force-discharge fixture or appliance. (See also § 3280.607(b)(4)(ii).)
(6) Water conservation. All lavatory
faucets, showerheads, and sink faucets
must not exceed a flow of 2.5 gallons
per minute (gpm).
(b) Fixtures—(1) Spacing. All plumbing
fixtures shall be so installed with regard to spacing as to be reasonably accessible for their intended use.
(2) Water closets. (i) Water closets
shall be designed and manufactured according to approved or listed standards
and shall be equipped with a water
flushing device capable of adequately
flushing and cleaning the bowl at each
operation of the flushing mechanism.
(ii) Water closet flushing devices
shall be designed to replace the water
seal in the bowl after each operation.
Flush valves, flushometer valves,
flushometer tanks and ballcocks shall
operate automatically to shut off at
the end of each flush or when the tank
is filled to operating capacity.
(iii) All water closets must be low
consumption (1.6 gallons per flush
(gpf)) closets.
(iv) Flush tanks shall be fitted with
an overflow pipe large enough to prevent flooding at the maximum flow
rate of the ball cock. Overflow pipes
shall discharge into the toilet, through
the tank.
(v) Floor Connection. Water closets
must be securely bolted to an approved
flange or other approved fitting that is
secured to the floor by means of corrosion-resistant screws. The bolts must
be of solid brass or other corrosion-resistant material and must not be less
than 1⁄4 inch in diameter. A watertight
seal must be made between the water
closet and flange or other approved fitting by use of a gasket, sealing compound, or listed connector device.
(vi) Floor connection. Water closets
shall be securely bolted to an approved

flange or other approved fitting which
is secured to the floor by means of corrosion-resistant screws. The bolts shall
be of solid brass or other corrosion-resistant material and shall be not less
than one-fourth inch in diameter. A
watertight seal shall be made between
the water closet and flange or other approved fitting by use of a gasket or
sealing compound.
(3) Shower compartment. (i) Each compartment stall shall be provided with
an approved watertight receptor with
sides and back extending at least 1 inch
above the finished dam or threshold. In
no case shall the depth of a shower receptor be less than 2 inches or more
than 9 inches measured from the top of
the finished dam or threshold to the
top of the drain. The wall area shall be
constructed of smooth, noncorrosive,
and nonabsorbent waterproof materials
to a height not less than 6 feet above
the bathroom floor level. Such walls
shall form a watertight joint with each
other and with the bathtub, receptor or
shower floor. The floor of the compartment shall slope uniformly to the drain
at not less than one-fourth nor more
than one-half inch per foot.
(ii) The joint around the drain connection shall be made watertight by a
flange, clamping ring, or other approved listed means.
(iii) Shower doors and tub and shower
enclosures shall be constructed so as to
be waterproof and, if glazed, glazing
shall comply with the Standard for
Safety Glazing Materials used in Buildings—Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, ANSI Z97.1–
2004 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4).
(iv) Prefabricated plumbing fixtures
shall be approved or listed.
(v) Shower and tub-shower combination valves must be balanced pressure,
thermostatic, or combination mixing
valves that conform to the requirements of ASSE 1016–2005, Performance
Requirements for Automatic Compensating Valves for Individual Shower
and Tub/Shower Combinations (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4). Such
valves must be equipped with handle
position stops that are adjustable in
accordance with the valve manufacturer’s instructions and to a maximum
setting of 120 °F. Hot water supplied to

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00108

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.608
continuous waste, or trap of any sink
or dishwashing machine.
(c) Installation—(1) Access. Each
plumbing fixture and standpipe receptor shall be located and installed in a
manner to be accessible for usage,
cleaning, repair and replacement. Access to diverter valves and other connections from the fixture hardware is
not required.
(2) Alignment. Fixtures shall be set
level and in true alignment with adjacent walls. Where practical, piping
from fixtures shall extend to nearest
wall.
(3) Brackets. Wall-hung fixtures shall
be rigidly attached to walls by metal
brackets or supports without any
strain being transmitted to the piping
connections. Flush tanks shall be securely fastened to toilets or to the wall
with corrosive-resistant materials.
(4) Tub supports. Bathtub rims at wall
shall be supported on metal hangers or
on end-grain wood blocking attached to
the wall unless otherwise recommended
by the manufacturer of the tub.
(5) Fixture fittings. Faucets and
diverters shall be installed so that the
flow of hot water from the fittings corresponds to the left-hand side of the
fitting.
(6) Hydromassage bathtub—(i) Access
panel. A door or panel of sufficient size
must be installed to provide access to
the pump for repair or replacement.
(ii) Piping drainage. The circulation
pump must be accessibly located above
the crown weir of the trap. The pump
drain line must be properly sloped to
drain the volute after fixture use.
(iii) Piping. Hydromassage bathtub
circulation piping must be installed to
be self-draining.
(iv) Electrical. Wiring must comply
with Articles 680.70, 680.71, and 680.72 of
the National Electrical Code, NFPA
No. 70–2005.

bathtubs and whirlpool bathtubs are to
be limited to a temperature of not
greater than 120 °F by a water temperature limiting device that conforms to
the requirements of ASSE 1070–2004,
Performance Requirements for Water
Temperature Limiting Devices (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
(4) Dishwashing machines. (i) A dishwashing machine must discharge its
waste through a fixed air gap installed
above the machine, through a high loop
as specified by the dishwashing machine manufacturer, or into an open
standpipe receptor with a height greater than the washing compartment of
the machine. When a standpipe is used,
it must be at least 18 inches, but not
more than 30 inches, above the trap
weir. The drain connections from the
air gap or high loop are permitted to
connect to an individual trap to a directional fitting installed in the sink
tailpiece or to an opening provided on
the inlet side of a food waste disposal
unit.
(ii) Drain from a dishwashing machine shall not be connected to a sink
tailpiece, continuous waste line, or
trap on the discharge side of a food
waste disposal unit.
(5) Clothes washing machines. (i)
Clothes washing machines shall drain
either into a properly vented trap, into
a laundry tub tailpiece with watertight
connections, into an open standpipe receptor, or over the rim of a laundry
tub.
(ii) Standpipes must be either 11⁄2
inch diameter minimum nominal iron
pipe size, 11⁄2 inch diameter nominal
brass tubing of not less than No. 20
Brown and Sharp gauge, or 11⁄2 inch diameter approved plastic materials. Receptors must discharge into a vented
trap or must be connected to a laundry
tub appliance by means of an approved
or listed directional fitting. Each
standpipe must extend not less than 18
inches or more than 42 inches above its
trap and must terminate in an accessible location no lower than the top of
the clothes washing machine. A removable, tight-fitting cap or plug must be
installed on the standpipe when the
clothes washer is not provided.
(iii) Clothes washing machine drain
shall not be connected to the tailpiece,

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR 4586,
Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55014, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR
72049, Nov. 30, 2005; 71 FR 19639, Apr. 17, 2006;
78 FR 73985, Dec. 9, 2013; 79 FR 31863, June 3,
2014]

§ 3280.608 Hangers and supports.
(a) Strains and stresses. Piping in a
plumbing system shall be installed

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00109

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.609

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

without undue strains and stresses, and
provision shall be made for expansion,
contraction, and structural settlement.
(b) Piping supports. Piping shall be secured at sufficiently close intervals to
keep the pipe in alignment and carry
the weight of the pipe and contents.
Unless otherwise stated in the standards for specific materials shown in the
table in § 3280.604(a), or unless specified
by the pipe manufacturer, plastic
drainage piping shall be supported at
intervals not to exceed 4 feet and plastic water piping shall be supported at
intervals not to exceed 3 feet.
(c) Hangers and anchors. (1) Hangers
and anchors shall be of sufficient
strength to support their proportional
share of the pipe alignments and prevent rattling.
(2) Piping shall be securely attached
to the structure by hangers, clamps, or
brackets which provide protection
against motion, vibration, road shock,
or torque in the chassis.
(3) Hangers and straps supporting
plastic pipe shall not compress, distort,
cut or abrade the piping and shall
allow free movement of the pipe.
§ 3280.609 Water distribution systems.
(a) Water supply—(1) Supply piping.
Piping systems shall be sized to provide an adequate quantity of water to
each plumbing fixture at a flow rate
sufficient to keep the fixture in a clean
and sanitary condition without any
danger of backflow or siphonage. (See
table in § 3280.609(f)(1)). The manufacturer shall include in his written installation instructions that the manufactured home has been designed for an
inlet water pressure of 80 psi, and a
statement that when the manufactured
home is to be installed in areas where
the water pressure exceeds 80 psi, a
pressure reducing valve should be installed.
(2) Hot water supply. Each manufactured home equipped with a kitchen
sink, and bathtub and/or shower shall
be provided with a hot water supply
system including a listed water heater.
(b) Water outlets and supply connections—(1) Water connection. Each manufactured home with a water distribution system shall be equipped with a 3⁄4
inch threaded inlet connection. This
connection shall be tagged or marked

‘‘Fresh Water Connection’’ (or marked
‘‘Fresh Water Fill’’). A matching cap or
plug shall be provided to seal the water
inlet when it is not in use, and shall be
permanently attached to the manufactured home or water supply piping.
When a master cold water shutoff full
flow valve is not installed on the main
feeder line in an accessible location,
the manufacturer’s installation instructions shall indicate that such a
valve is to be installed in the water
supply line adjacent to the home. When
a manufactured home includes expandable rooms or is composed of two or
more units, fittings or connectors designed for such purpose shall be provided to connect any water piping.
When not connected, the water piping
shall be protected by means of matching threaded caps or plugs.
(2) Prohibited connections. (i) The installation of potable water supply piping or fixture or appliance connections
shall be made in a manner to preclude
the possibility of backflow.
(ii) No part of the water system shall
be connected to any drainage or vent
piping.
(3) Rim outlets. The outlets of faucets,
spouts, and similar devices shall be
spaced at least 1 inch above the flood
level of the fixture.
(4) Appliance connections. Water supplies connected to clothes washing or
dishwashing machines shall be protected by an approved or listed fixed
air gap provided within the appliance
by the manufacturer.
(5) Flushometer valves or manually operated flush valves. An approved or listed vacuum breaker shall be installed
and maintained in the water supply
line on the discharge side of a water
closet flushometer valve or manually
operated flush valve. Vacuum breakers
shall have a minimum clearance of 6
inches above the flood level of the fixture to the critical level mark unless
otherwise permitted in their approval.
(6) Flush tanks. Water closet flush
tanks shall be equipped with an approved or listed anti-siphon ball cock
which shall be installed and maintained with its outlet or critical level
mark not less than 1 inch above the
full opening of the overflow pipe.
(7) Hose bibbs. When provided, all exterior hose bibbs and laundry sink hose

100

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00110

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.609

connections must be protected by a
listed nonremovable backflow prevention device. This requirement is not applicable to hose connections provided
for automatic washing machines with
built-in backflow prevention or water
heater drain valves.
(8) Flushometer tanks. Flushometer
tanks must be equipped with an approved air gap or vacuum breaker assembly that is located above the floodlevel rim above the fixture.
(c) Water heater safety devices—(1) Relief valves. (i) All water heaters shall be
installed with approved and listed fully
automatic valve or valves designed to
provide temperature and pressure relief.
(ii) Any temperature relief valve or
combined pressure and temperature relief valve installed for this purpose
shall have the temperature sensing element immersed in the hottest water
within the upper 6 inches of the tank.
It shall be set to start relieving at a
pressure of 150 psi or the rated working
pressure of the tank whichever is lower
and at or below a water temperature of
210 °F.
(iii) Relief valves shall be provided
with full-sized drains, with cross sectional areas equivalent to that of the
relief valve outlet, which shall be directed downward and discharge beneath the manufactured home. Drain
lines shall be of a material listed for
hot water distribution and shall drain
fully by gravity, shall not be trapped,
and shall not have their outlets threaded, and the end of the drain shall be
visible for inspection.
(d) Materials—(1) Piping material.
Water pipe shall be of standard weight
brass, galvanized wrought iron, galvanized steel, Type K, L or M copper tubing, approved or listed plastic or other
approved or listed material.
(i) Plastic piping. All plastic water
piping and fittings in manufactured
homes must be listed for use with hot
water.
(ii) [Reserved]
(2) Fittings. Appropriate fittings shall
be used for all changes in size and
where pipes are joined. The material
and design of fittings shall conform to
the type of piping used. Special consideration shall be given to prevent corrosion when dissimilar metals are joined.

(i) Fittings for screw piping shall be
standard weight galvanized iron for
galvanized iron and steel pipe, and of
brass for brass piping. They shall be installed where required for change in direction, reduction of size, or where
pipes are joined together.
(ii) Fittings for copper tubing shall
be cast brass or drawn copper (sweatsoldered) or shall be approved or listed
fittings for the purpose intended.
(3) Prohibited material. Used piping
materials shall not be permitted. Those
pipe dopes, solder, fluxes, oils, solvents,
chemicals, or other substances that are
toxic, corrosive, or otherwise detrimental to the water system shall not
be used. In addition, for those manufactured homes to be connected to a public water system, all water piping shall
be lead-free (as defined in section
109(c)(2) of the Safe Drinking Water
Act Amendments of 1986) with solders
and flux containing not more than 0.2
percent lead and pipes and pipe fittings
containing not more than 8.0 percent
lead.
(e) Installation of piping—(1) Minimum
requirement. All piping equipment, appurtenances, and devices shall be installed in workmanlike manner and
shall conform with the provisions and
intent of this standard.
(2) Screw pipe. Iron pipe-size brass or
galvanized iron or steel pipe fittings
shall be joined with approved or listed
standard pipe threads fully engaged in
the fittings. Pipe ends shall be reamed
to the full bore of the pipe. Pipe-joint
compound shall be insoluble in water,
shall be nontoxic and shall be applied
to male threads only.
(3) Solder fittings. Joints in copper
water tubes shall be made by the appropriate use of approved cast brass or
wrought copper fittings, properly soldered together. The surface to be soldered shall be thoroughly cleaned
bright mechanically. The joints shall
be properly fluxed and made with a solder that contains no more than 0.2 percent lead.
(4) Flared fittings. A flaring tool shall
be used to shape the ends of flared tubing to match the flare of fittings.
(5) Plastic pipe and fittings. Plastic
pipe and fittings shall be joined by installation methods recommended by

101

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00111

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.610

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

the manufacturer or in accordance
with provisions of a listed standard.
(f) Size of water supply piping—(1) Minimum size. The size of water supply piping and branch lines shall not be less
than sizes shown in the following table:
MINIMUM SIZE TUBING AND PIPE FOR WATER
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
Tubing (nominal)
Number of fixtures

1
2
3
4
5

...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
or more .................

Diameter
(inches)
*1⁄4
3⁄8
1⁄2
1⁄2
3⁄4

Outer diameter
(inches)
⁄
⁄
5⁄8
5⁄8
7⁄8

Pipe iron
pipe size
(inches)
⁄
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
3⁄4

12
12

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

*6 ft maximum length.

Exceptions to table: 3⁄8 inch nominal diameter or 1⁄2 inch OD minimum size for
clothes washing or dishwashing machines, unless larger size is recommended by the fixture manufacturer. 1⁄2 inch nominal diameter or 5⁄8
inch OD minimum size for flushometer
or metering type valves unless otherwise specified in their listing. No galvanized screw piping shall be less than
1⁄2 inch iron pipe size.
(2) Sizing procedure. Both hot and cold
water piping systems shall be computed by the following method:
(i) Size of branch. Start at the most
remote outlet on any branch of the hot
or cold water piping and progressively
count towards the water service connection, computing the total number of
fixtures supplied along each section of
piping. Where branches are joined together, the number of fixtures on each
branch shall be totalled so that no fixture is counted twice. Following down
the left-hand column of the preceding
table a corresponding number of fixtures will be found. The required pipe
or tubing size is indicated in the other
columns on the same line.
(ii) A water heater, food waste disposal unit, evaporative cooler or ice
maker shall not be counted as a waterusing fixture when computing pipe
sizes.
(g) Line valves. Valves, when installed
in the water supply distribution system (except those immediately controlling one fixture supply) and when
fully opened, shall have a cross-sectional area of the smallest orifice or

opening, through which the water
flows, at least equal to the cross-sectional area of the nominal size of the
pipe in which the valve is installed.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4586, Feb. 12, 1987; 53 FR 23611, June 23, 1988;
58 FR 55014, Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73986, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.610 Drainage systems.
(a) General. (1) Each fixture directly
connected to the drainage system shall
be installed with a water seal trap
(§ 3280.606(a)).
(2) The drainage system shall be designed to provide an adequate circulation of air in all piping with no danger
of siphonage, aspiration, or forcing of
trap seals under conditions of ordinary
use.
(b) Materials—(1) Pipe. Drainage piping must be standard weight galvanized
steel, brass, copper tube DWV, listed
Scheduled 40 ABS plastic, listed Scheduled 40 PVC plastic, cast iron, or other
listed or approved materials.
(2) Fittings. Drainage fittings shall be
recessed drainage pattern with smooth
interior waterways of the same diameter as the piping and shall be of a material conforming to the type of piping
used. Drainage fittings shall be designed to provide for a 1⁄4 inch per foot
grade in horizontal piping.
(i) Fittings for screw pipe shall be
cast iron, malleable iron, brass, or listed plastic with standard pipe threads.
(ii) Fittings for copper tubing shall
be cast brass or wrought copper.
(iii) Socket-type fittings for plastic
piping shall comply with listed standards.
(iv) Brass or bronze adaptor or
wrought copper fittings shall be used
to join copper tubing to threaded pipe.
(c) Drain outlets. (1) Each manufactured home shall have only one drain
outlet.
(2) Clearance from drain outlet. The
drain outlet shall be provided with a
minimum clearance of 3 inches in any
direction from all parts of the structure or appurtenances and with not
less than 18 inches unrestricted clearance directly in front of the drain outlet.
(3) Drain connector. The drain connector shall not be smaller than the

102

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00112

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.610

piping to which it is connected and
shall be equipped with a water-tight
cap or plug matching the drain outlet.
The cap or plug shall be permanently
attached to the manufactured home or
drain outlet.
(4) The drain outlet and drain connector shall not be less than 3 inches
inside diameter.
(5) Preassembly of drain lines. Section(s) of the drain system, designed to
be located underneath the home, are
not required to be factory installed
when the manufacturer designs the
system for site assembly and also provides all materials and components, including piping, fittings, cement, supports, and instructions necessary for
proper site installation.
(d) Fixture connections. Drainage piping shall be provided with approved or
listed inlet fittings for fixture connections, correctly located according to
the size and type of fixture to be connected.
(1) Water closet connection. The drain
connection for each water closet shall
be 3 inches minimum inside diameter
and shall be fitted with an iron, brass,
or listed plastic floor flange adaptor
ring securely screwed, soldered or otherwise permanently attached to the
drain piping, in an approved manner
and securely fastened to the floor.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) Size of drainage piping. Fixture
drains must be sized as follows:
(1) Fixture drains serving a single
lavatory must be a minimum of 11⁄4
inches in diameter.
(2) Fixture drains serving two or
three fixtures must be a minimum of
1
1 ⁄2 inches in diameter.
(3) Fixture drains serving four or
more fixtures that are individually
vented must be a minimum of 2 inches
in diameter.
(4) Fixture drains for water closets
must be a minimum of 3 inches in diameter.
(f) Wet-vented drainage system. Plumbing fixture traps may connect into a
wet-vented drainage system which
shall be designed and installed to accommodate the passage of air and
waste in the same pipe.
(1) Horizontal piping. All parts of a
wet-vented drainage system, including
the connected fixture drains, shall be

horizontal
except
for
wet-vented
vertical risers which shall terminate
1
with a 1 ⁄2 inch minimum diameter continuous vent. Where required by structural design, wet-vented drain piping
may be offset vertically when other
vented fixture drains or relief vents are
connected to the drain piping at or
below the vertical offsets.
(2) Size. A wet-vented drain pipe shall
be 2 inches minimum diameter and at
least one pipe size larger than the largest connected trap or fixture drain. Not
more than three fixtures may connect
to a 2-inch diameter wet-vented drain
system.
(3) Length of trap arm. Fixture traps
shall be located within the distance
given in § 3280.611(c)(5). Not more than
one trap shall connect to a trap arm.
(g) Offsets and branch fittings—(1)
Changes in direction. Changes in direction of drainage piping shall be made
by the appropriate use of approved or
listed fittings, and shall be of the following angles: 111⁄4, 221⁄2, 45, 60, or 90 degrees; or other approved or listed fittings or combinations of fittings with
equivalent radius or sweep.
(2) Horizontal to vertical. Horizontal
drainage lines, connecting with a
vertical pipe shall enter through 45-degree ‘‘Y’’ branches, 60-degree ‘‘Y’’
branches, long-turn ‘‘TY’’ branches,
sanitary ‘‘T’’ branches, or other approved or listed fittings or combination
of fittings having equivalent sweep.
Fittings having more than one branch
at the same level shall not be used, unless the fitting is constructed so that
the discharge from any one branch cannot readily enter any other branch.
However, a double sanitary ‘‘T’’ may be
used when the drain line is increased
not less than two pipe sizes.
(3) Horizontal to horizontal and vertical
to horizontal. Horizontal drainage lines
connecting with other horizontal
drainage lines or vertical drainage
lines connected with horizontal drainage lines shall enter through 45-degree
‘‘Y’’
branches,
long-turn
‘‘TY’’
branches, or other approved or listed
fittings or combination of fittings having equivalent sweep.
(h) Grade of horizontal drainage piping.
Except for fixture connections on the
inlet side of the trap, horizontal drainage piping shall be run in practical

103

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00113

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.611

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

alignment and have a uniform grade of
not less than 1⁄4 inch per foot toward
the manufactured home drain outlet.
Where it is impractical, due to the
structural features or arrangement of
any manufactured home, to obtain a
grade of 1⁄4 inch per foot, the pipe or
piping may have a grade of not less
than 1⁄8 inch per foot, when a full size
cleanout is installed at the upper end.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4586, Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55015, Oct. 25, 1993;
78 FR 73986, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.611 Vents and venting.
(a) General. Each plumbing fixture
trap shall be protected against siphonage and back pressure, and air circulation shall be ensured throughout all
parts of the drainage system by means
of vents installed in accordance with
the requirements of this section and as
otherwise required by this standard.
(b) Materials—(1) Pipe. Vent piping
must be standard weight galvanized
steel, brass, copper tube DWV, listed
Scheduled 40 ABS plastic, listed Scheduled 40 PVC plastic, cast iron, or other
listed or approved materials.
(2) Fittings. Appropriate fittings shall
be used for all changes in direction or
size and where pipes are joined. The
material and design of vent fittings
shall conform to the type of piping
used.
(i) Fittings for screw pipe shall be
cast iron, malleable iron, plastic, or
brass, with standard pipe threads.
(ii) Fittings for copper tubing shall
be cast brass or wrought copper.
(iii) Fittings for plastic piping shall
be made to approved applicable standards.
(iv) Brass adaptor fittings or wrought
copper shall be used to join copper tubing to threaded pipe.
(v) Listed rectangular tubing may be
used for vent piping only providing it
has an open cross section at least equal
to the circular vent pipe required. Listed transition fittings shall be used.
(c) Size of vent piping—(1) Main vent.
The drain piping for each toilet shall
be vented by a 11⁄2 inch minimum diameter vent or rectangular vent of
venting cross section equivalent to or
greater than the venting cross section
of a 11⁄2 inch diameter vent, connected

to the toilet drain by one of the following methods:
(i) A 11⁄2 inch diameter (min.) individual vent pipe or equivalent directly
connected to the toilet drain within
the distance allowed in § 3280.611(c)(5),
for 3-inch trap arms undiminished in
size through the roof,
(ii) A 11⁄2 inch diameter (min.) continuous vent or equivalent, indirectly connected to the toilet drain piping within
the distance allowed in § 3280.611(c)(5)
for 3 inch trap arms through a 2-inch
wet vented drain that carries the waste
of not more than one fixture, or,
(iii) Two or more vented drains when
at least one is wet-vented, or 2-inch diameter (minimum), and each drain is
separately connected to the toilet
drain. At least one of the drains shall
connect within the distance allowed in
§ 3280.611(c)(5) for 3-inch trap arms.
(2) Vent pipe areas. Each individually
vented fixture with a 11⁄2 inch or smaller trap shall be provided with a vent
pipe equivalent in area to a 11⁄4 inch
nominal pipe size. The main vent, toilet vent and relief vent, and the continuous vent of wet-vented systems shall
have an area equivalent to 11⁄2 inch
nominal pipe size.
(3) Common vent. When two fixture
traps located within the distance allowed from their vent have their trap
arms connected separately at the same
level into an approved double fitting,
an individual vent pipe may serve as a
common vent without any increase in
size.
(4) Intersecting vents. Where two or
more vent pipes are joined together, no
increase in size shall be required; however, the largest vent pipe shall extend
full size through the roof.
(5) Distance of fixture trap from vent
shall not exceed the values given in the
following table:
MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF FIXTURES FROM VENT
TRAP
Size of fixture drain (inches)

Distance trap to vent

11⁄4 ................................................
11⁄2 ................................................
2 ....................................................
3 ....................................................

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00114

Fmt 8010

ft. 6 in.
ft 6 in.
ft.
ft.

(d) Mechanical Vents. Where mechanical vents are used as a secondary vent
system for plumbing fixtures that are

104

VerDate Sep<11>2014

4
4
5
6

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.611

protected by traps, the mechanical
vents must comply with paragraphs
(d)(1) or (2) of this section.
(1) Spring-operated mechanical (antisiphon) vents must comply with the
following:
(i) No more than two fixtures individually protected by the spring-operated
mechanical vent may be drained by a
common 11⁄2 inch diameter drain.
(ii) The drain size for three or more
fixtures individually protected by a
spring-operated mechanical vent must
be at least 2 inches in diameter.
(iii)
Spring-operated
mechanical
vents are restricted to venting fixtures
with 11⁄2 inch traps.
(iv) A spring-operated mechanical
vent must be installed in a location
that allows a free flow of air and is accessible for inspection, maintenance,
and replacement. The sealing function
must be at least 6 inches above the top
of the trap arm.
(v) Materials for the spring-operated
mechanical vents must be as follows:
(A) Cap and housing must be listed
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, DWV
grade;
(B) Stem must be DWV grade nylon
or acetal;
(C) Spring must be stainless steel
wire, Type 302; and
(D) Sealing disc must be either:
(1) Neoprene, conforming to CISPI–
HSN–85, Specification for Neoprene
Rubber Gaskets for HUB and Spigot
Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4), and
to ASTM C564–97, Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron
Soil Pipe and Fittings (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4); or
(2) Other material, conforming to
ASTM C920–02, Standard Specification
for Elastomeric Joint Sealants (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4), and
to ASTM D4635–01, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Films Made from
Low-Density Polyethylene for General
Use and Packaging Applications (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
(2) Gravity-operated mechanical (air
admittance valves) vents must comply
with the following:
(i) Where installed to vent any fixture, the drain system must have a
minimum 11⁄2 inch diameter vent that

terminates outside the manufactured
home.
(ii) Where gravity-operated mechanical vent devices terminate in the attic
cavity, the following requirements
must be met:
(A) The attic cavity must be accessible;
(B) The sealing device must be installed a minimum of 6 inches above
the insulation materials; and
(C) The attic must be vented in accordance with § 3280.504(c)(1)(i);
(3) Mechanical vents must be installed in accordance with the vent
manufacturer’s instructions.
(e) Grade and connections—(1) Horizontal vents. Each vent shall extend
vertically from its fixture ‘‘T’’ or point
of connection with the waste piping to
a point not less than 6 inches above the
extreme flood level of the fixture it is
venting before offsetting horizontally
or being connected with any other vent
pipe. Vents for horizontal drains shall
connect above the centerline of the
drain piping ahead (downstream) of the
trap. Where required by structural conditions, vent piping may offset below
the rim of the fixture at the maximum
angle or height possible.
(f) Vent terminal. Vents must terminate through the roof or wall, or to a
mechanical vent device in accordance
with paragraph (d) of this section.
(1) Roof extension. Each vent pipe
must extend through its flashing and
terminate vertically. Vents that extend through the roof must extend
undiminished in size, not less than 2
inches above the roof. Vent openings
must be at least 3 feet away from any
motor-driven air intake that opens
into any habitable area.
(2)
Wall
extensions.
Extensions
through exterior walls must terminate
downward, have a screen to prevent entrance of birds and rodents, and be located as follows:
(i) Extensions must not be located
beneath a door, window, or other opening;
(ii) Extensions must be a minimum of
10 feet above the finished floor;
(iii) Extensions must be located a
minimum of 2 feet above any building
opening that is within 10 feet horizontally of any extension; and

105

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00115

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.612

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(iv) Extensions must not terminate
under an overhang with soffit vents.
(3) Flashing. The opening around each
vent pipe shall be made watertight by
an adequate flashing or flashing material.
(g) Vent caps. Vent caps, if provided,
shall be of the removable type (without
removing the flashing from the roof).
When vent caps are used for roof space
ventilation and the caps are identical
to vent caps used for the plumbing system, plumbing system caps shall be
identified with permanent markings.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR 55015,
Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73986, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.612 Tests and inspection.
(a) Water system. All water piping in
the water distribution system shall be
subjected to a pressure test. The test
shall be made by subjecting the system
to air or water at 100 psi for 15 minutes
without loss of pressure.
(b) Drainage and vent system and
plumbing fixtures. The waste and vent
system shall be tested by one of the
three following alternate methods for
evidence or indication of leakage:
(1) Water test. Before plumbing fixtures are connected, all of the openings
into the piping shall be plugged and the
entire piping system subjected to a
static water test for 15 minutes by filling it with water to the top of the
highest vent opening. There shall be no
evidence of leakage.
(2) Air test. After all fixtures have
been installed, the traps filled with
water, and the remaining openings securely plugged, the entire system shall
be subjected to a 2-inch (manometer)
water column air pressure test. If the
system loses pressure, leaks may be located with smoke pumped into the system, or with soap suds spread on the
exterior of the piping (Bubble test).
(3) Flood level test. The manufactured
home shall be in a level position, all
fixtures shall be connected, and the entire system shall be filled with water
to the rim of the water closet bowl.
(Tub and shower drains shall be
plugged). After all trapped air has been
released, the test shall be sustained for
not less than 15 minutes without evidence of leaks. Then the system shall

be unplugged and emptied. The waste
piping above the level of the water
closet bowl shall then be tested and
show no indication of leakage when the
high fixtures are filled with water and
emptied simultaneously to obtain the
maximum possible flow in the drain
piping.
(c) Fixture test. The plumbing fixtures
and connections shall be subjected to a
flow test by filling them with water
and checking for leaks and retarded
flow while they are being emptied.
(d) Shower compartments. Shower compartments and receptors shall be tested
for leaks prior to being covered by finish material. Each pan shall be filled
with water to the top of the dam for
not less than 15 minutes without evidence of leakage.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977; 42 FR 54383, Oct. 5, 1977.
Redesignated at 44 FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as
amended at 58 FR 55015, Oct. 25, 1993]

Subpart H—Heating, Cooling and
Fuel Burning Systems
§ 3280.701

Scope.

Subpart H of this standard covers the
heating, cooling and fuel burning
equipment installed within, on, or external to a manufactured home.
§ 3280.702

Definitions.

The definitions in this subpart apply
to subpart H only.
Accessible, when applied to a fixture,
connection, appliance or equipment,
means having access thereto, but
which may require the removal of an
access panel, door or similar obstruction.
Air conditioner blower coil system
means a comfort cooling appliance
where the condenser section is placed
external to the manufactured home
and evaporator section with circulating blower attached to the manufactured home air supply duct system.
Provision must be made for a return
air system to the evaporator/blower
section. Refrigerant connection between the two parts of the system is
accomplished by tubing.
Air conditioner split system means a
comfort cooling appliance where the
condenser section is placed external to

106

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00116

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.702

the manufactured home and the evaporator section incorporated into the
heating appliance or with a separate
blower/coil section within the manufactured home. Refrigerant connection
between the two parts of the system is
accomplished by tubing.
Air conditioning condenser section
means that portion of a refrigerated air
cooling or (in the case of a heat pump)
heating system which includes the refrigerant pump (compressor) and the
external heat exchanger.
Air conditioning evaporator section
means a heat exchanger used to cool or
(in the case of a heat pump) heat air
for use in comfort cooling (or heating)
the living space.
Air conditioning self contained system
means a comfort cooling appliance
combining the condenser section, evaporator and air circulating blower into
one unit with connecting ducts for the
supply and return air systems.
Air duct means conduits or passageways for conveying air to or from heating, cooling, air conditioning or ventilation equipment, but not including
the plenum.
Automatic pump (oil lifter) means a
pump, not an integral part of the oilburning appliance, that automatically
pumps oil from the supply tank and delivers the oil under a constant head to
an oil-burning appliance.
Btu. British thermal units means the
quantity of heat required to raise the
temperature of one pound of water one
degree Fahrenheit.
Btuh means British thermal units per
hour.
Burner means a device for the final
conveyance of fuel or a mixture of fuel
and air to the combustion zone.
Central air conditioning system means
either an air conditioning split system
or an external combination heating/
cooling system.
Class 0 air ducts and air connectors
means air ducts and air connectors
having a fire hazard classification of
zero when tested in accordance with
UL 181–2003, Factory-Made Air Ducts
and Air Connectors (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4).
Class 1 air ducts and air connectors
means air ducts and air connectors
having a flame spread rating of not
over 25 without evidence of continued

progressive combustion and a smoke
developed rating of not over 50 when
tested in accordance with UL 181–2003,
Standard for Safety Factory-Made Air
Ducts and Air Connectors (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Clearance means the distance between the appliance, chimney, vent,
chimney or vent connector or plenum
and the nearest surface.
Combination space heating and water
heating appliance means a listed unit
that is designed to provide space heating and water heating from a single
primary energy source.
Connector-Gas appliance: means a
flexible or semi-rigid connector used to
convey fuel gas between a gas outlet
and a gas appliance.
Direct-vent system means a system or
method of construction where all air
for combustion is derived directly from
the outside atmosphere and all flue
gases are discharged to the outside atmosphere.
Direct-vent system appliance means an
appliance that is installed with a direct
vent system.
External combination heating/cooling
system means a comfort conditioning
system placed external to the manufactured home with connecting ducts to
the manufactured home for the supply
and return air systems.
Factory-built fireplace means a hearth,
fire chamber and chimney assembly
composed of listed factory-built components assembled in accordance with
the terms of listing to form a complete
fireplace.
Fireplace stove means a chimney connected solid fuel-burning stove having
part of its fire chamber open to the
room.
Fuel gas piping system means the arrangement of piping, tubing, fittings,
connectors, valves and devices designed
and intended to supply or control the
flow of fuel gas to the appliance(s).
Fuel oil piping system means the arrangement of piping, tubing, fittings,
connectors, valves and devices designed
and intended to supply or control the
flow of fuel oil to the appliance(s).
Gas clothes dryer means a device used
to dry wet laundry by means of heat
derived from the combustion of fuel
gases.

107

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00117

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.703

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

Gas refrigerator means a gas-burning
appliance which is designed to extract
heat from a suitable chamber.
Gas supply connection means the terminal end or connection to which a gas
supply connector is attached.
Gas supply connector, manufactured
home means a listed flexible connector
designed for connecting the manufactured home to the gas supply source.
Gas vents means factory-built vent
piping and vent fittings listed by an approved testing agency, that are assembled and used in accordance with the
terms of their listings, for conveying
flue gases to the outside atmosphere.
(1) Type B gas vent means a gas vent
for venting gas appliances with draft
hoods and other gas appliances listed
for use with Type B gas vents.
(2) Type BW gas vent means a gas vent
for venting listed gas-fired vented wall
furnaces.
Heat producing appliance means all
heating and cooking appliances and
fuel burning appliances.
Heating appliance means an appliance
for comfort heating, domestic water
heating, or a combination of comfort
heating and domestic water heating.
Liquefied petroleum gases. The terms
Liquefied petroleum gases, LPG and LPGas as used in this standard shall mean
and include any material which is composed predominantly of any of the following hydrocarbons, or mixtures of
them: propane, propylene butanes (normal
butane
or
isobutane),
and
butylenes.
Plenum means an air compartment
which is part of an air-distributing system, to which one or more ducts or
outlets are connected.
(1) Furnace supply plenum is a plenum attached directly to, or an integral part of, the air supply outlet of
the furnace.
(2) Furnace return plenum is a plenum attached directly to, or an integral part of, the return inlet of the furnace.
Quick-disconnect device means a handoperated device which provides a
means
for
connecting
and
disconnecting a gas supply or connecting
gas systems and which is equipped with
an automatic means to shut off the gas
supply when the device is disconnected.

Readily accessible means direct access
without the necessity of removing any
panel, door, or similar obstruction.
Roof jack means that portion of a
manufactured home heater flue or vent
assembly, including the cap, insulating
means, flashing, and ceiling plate, located in and above the roof of a manufactured home.
Sealed combustion system appliance
means an appliance which by its inherent design is constructed so that all air
supplied for combustion, the combustion system of the appliance, and all
products of combustion are completely
isolated from the atmosphere of the
space in which it is installed.
Water heater means an appliance for
heating water for domestic purposes.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4586, Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55015, Oct. 25, 1993;
78 FR 73987, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.703 Minimum standards.
Heating, cooling and fuel burning appliances and systems in manufactured
homes shall be free of defects, and shall
conform to applicable standards in the
following table unless otherwise specified in this standard. (See § 3280.4)
When more than one standard is referenced, compliance with any one such
standard shall meet the requirements
of this standard.
APPLIANCES
Heating and Cooling Equipment, Second Edition, with 1999 revisions—UL 1995, 1995.
Liquid Fuel-Burning Heating Appliances for
Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles, Seventh Edition, with 1997 revisions—UL 307A–1995.
Fixed and Location-Dedicated Electric Room
Heaters, Second Edition, with 1998 revisions—UL 2021–1997.
Electric Baseboard Heating Equipment,
Fourth Edition, with 1998 revisions—UL
1042–1994.
Electric Central Air Heating Equipment—UL
1096-Fourth Edition-1986 with revisions
July 16, 1986, and January 30, 1988.
Gas Burning Heating Appliances for Manufactured Homes and Recreational Vehicles,
Fourth Edition, with 1998 revisions—UL
307B–1995.
Gas Clothes Dryers Volume 1, Type 1 Clothes
Dryers—ANSI Z21.5.1–/CSA 7.1–M99—1999
with Addendum Z21.5.1a–1999.
Gas Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditioning Appliances—ANSI Z21.40.1/CGA
2.91–M961996.

108

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00118

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.705

Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct
Vent System Central Furnaces)—ANSI
Z21.47–1990 with Addendum Z21.47a–1990 and
Z21.47b–1992.
Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation
in Solid Fuel Burning Fireplaces—RADCO
DS–010–91 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4).
Household Cooking Gas Appliances—ANSI
Z21.1–2000.
Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel—ANSI Z21.19–
1990, with Addendum ANSI Z21.19a–1992 and
Z21.19b–1995.
Gas Water Heaters—Volume 1, Storage
Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000
BTU per hour or Less—ANSI Z21.10.1–1998
with Addendum Z21.10.1a–2000.
Household Electric Storage Tank Water
Heaters, Tenth Edition—UL 174–1996, with
1997 revisions.
FERROUS PIPE AND FITTINGS
Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black
and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and
Seamless—ASTM A53–93.
Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Coiled Steel Tubing for Gas
and Fuel Oil Lines—ASTM A539–1999.
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)—ANSI/
ASME B1.20.1–1983.
Welding and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe—
ANSI/ASME B36.10–1979.
NONFERROUS PIPE, TUBING, AND FITTINGS
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper
Water Tube—ASTM B88–93.
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service—ASTM B280–95a.
Connectors for Gas Appliances—ANSI Z21.24/
CGA 6.10–M97–1997.
Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and
Hose End Valves—ANSI Z21.15/CGA 9.1–
M97–1997.
Standard for Gas Supply Connectors for
Manufactured Homes—IAPMO TSC 9–1997.
Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and
Copper-Alloy Tubes—ASTM B251–93.
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper
Pipe, Standard Sizes—ASTM B42–93.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

MISCELLANEOUS
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, UL 181, Ninth Edition, April 4, 1996,
with revisions through May 15, 2003 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Standard for Safety Closure Systems for use
with Rigid Air Ducts and Air Connectors,
UL 181A, 1994, with 1998 revisions.
Standard for Safety Closure Systems for use
with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors, First Edition—UL 181B, 1995, with
1998 revisions.

Tube Fittings for Flammable and Combustible Fluids, Refrigeration Service, and
Marine Use, Sixth Edition—UL 109–1997,
with 2001 revisions.
Pigtails and Flexible Hose Connectors for
LP-Gas, Seventh Edition—UL 569, 1995 with
2001 revisions.
Roof Jacks for Manufactured Homes and
Recreational Vehicles, Eighth Edition—UL
311, 1994, with 1998 revisions.
Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems, ANSI Z21.22–1999, (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components—ANSI
Z21.20
with
Addendum
Z21.20a–2000.
Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances—ANSI
Z21.21/CSA 6.5–2000.
Gas Appliance Thermostats—ANSI Z21.23–
93 (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Gas Vents, Ninth Edition—UL 441, 1996 with
1999 revisions.
Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment, NFPA 31–01 (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4).
National Fuel Gas Code—NFPA 54–2002/ANSI
Z223.1–2002.
Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems, NFPA 90B, 1996 Edition.
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, NFPA 58–2001
Edition.
Flares for Tubing—SAE–J533b–1992.
Factory-Built Chimneys for Residential
Type and Building Heating Appliances,
Ninth Edition—UL 103, 1995, with 1999 revisions.
Factory-Built Fireplaces, Seventh Edition—
UL 127–1996, with 1999 revisions.
Solid-Fuel Type Room Heaters, Fifth Edition—UL 1482, 1995, with 2000 revisions.
Fireplace Stoves, Eight Edition, with 2000 revisions—UL 737, 1996.
Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source
Heat Pump Equipment—ANSI/ARI 210/240–
89.
AGA Requirements for Gas Connectors for
Connection of Fixed Appliances for Outdoor Installation, Park Trailers, and Manufactured (Mobile) Homes to the Gas Supply—No. 3–87.
[58 FR 55015, Oct. 25, 1993, as amended at 70
FR 72046, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73987, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.704

[Reserved]

§ 3280.705

Gas piping systems.

(a) General. The requirements of this
section shall govern the installation of
all fuel gas piping attached to any
manufactured home. The gas piping
supply system shall be designed for a
pressure not exceeding 14 inch water
column (1⁄2 psi) and not less than 7 inch

109

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00119

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.705

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

water column (1⁄4 psi). The manufacturer shall indicate in his written installation instructions the design pressure limitations for safe and effective
operation of the gas piping system.
None of the requirements listed in this
section shall apply to the piping supplied as a part of an appliance. All exterior openings around piping, ducts,
plenums or vents shall be sealed to resist the entrance of rodents.
(b) Materials. All materials used for
the installation, extension, alteration,
or repair of any gas piping system shall
be new and free from defects or internal obstructions. It shall not be permissible to repair defects in gas piping
or fittings. Inferior or defective materials shall be removed and replaced
with acceptable material. The system
shall be made of materials having a
melting point of not less than 1,450 F,
except as provided in § 3280.705(e). They
shall consist of one or more of the materials described in § 3280.705(b) (1)
through (4).
(1) Steel or wrought-iron pipe shall
comply with ANSI Standard B36.10–
1979, Welded and Seamless Wrought
Steel Pipe. Threaded brass pipe in iron
pipe sizes may be used. Threaded brass
pipe shall comply with ASTM B43–91,
Standard Specification for Seamless
Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes.
(2) Fittings for gas piping shall be
wrought iron, malleable iron, steel, or
brass (containing not more than 75 percent copper).
(3) Copper tubing must be annealed
type, Grade K or L, conforming to the
Standard Specification for Seamless
Copper Water Tube, ASTM B88–93, or
must comply with the Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Service, ASTM B280–1995. Copper tubing must be internally tinned.
(4) Steel tubing must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.032 inch for
tubing of 1⁄2 inch diameter and smaller
and 0.049 inch for diameters 1⁄2 inch and
larger. Steel tubing must be in accordance with ASTM Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded
Coiled Steel Tubing for Gas and Fuel
Oil Lines, ASTM A539–1999, and must
be externally corrosion protected.
(5) Corrugated stainless steel tubing
(CSST) systems must be listed and in-

stalled in accordance with ANSI/IAS
LC–1–1997, Fuel Gas Piping Systems
Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing (CSST) (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4), and the requirements of
this section.
(c) Piping design. Each manufactured
home requiring fuel gas for any purpose shall be equipped with a natural
gas piping system acceptable for LPgas. Where fuel gas piping is to be installed in more than one section of an
expandable or multiple unit home, the
design and construction of the crossover(s) shall be as follows:
(1) All points of crossover shall be
readily accessible from the exterior of
the home.
(2) The connection(s) between units
must be made with a connector(s) listed for exterior use or direct plumbing
sized in accordance with § 3280.705(d). A
shutoff valve of the non-displaceable
rotor type conforming to ANSI Z21.15–
1997, Manually Operated Gas Valves for
Appliances,
Appliances
Connector
Valves, and Hose End Valves, suitable
for outdoor use must be installed at
each crossover point upstream of the
connection.
(3) The connection(s) may be made by
a listed quick disconnect device which
shall be designed to provide a positive
seal of the supply side of the gas system when such device is separated.
(4) The flexible connector, direct
plumbing pipe, or ‘‘quick disconnect’’
device shall be provided with protection from mechanical and impact damage and located to minimize the possibility of tampering.
(5) For gas line cross over connections made with either hard pipe or
flexible connectors, the crossover
point(s) shall be capped on the supply
side to provide a positive seal and covered on the other side with a suitable
protective covering.
(6) Suitable protective coverings for
the connection device(s) when separated, shall be permanently attached
to the device or flexible connector.
(7) When a quick disconnect device is
installed, a 3 inch by 13⁄4 inch minimum
size tag made of etched, metal-stamped
or embossed brass, stainless steel, anodized or alcalde aluminum not less
than 0.020 inch thick or other approved

110

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00120

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.705

material (e.g., 0.005 inch plastic laminates) shall be permanently attached
on the exterior wall adjacent to the access to the ‘‘quick disconnect’’ device.
Each tag shall be legibly inscribed with
the following information using letters
no smaller than 1⁄4 inch high:

any gas supply connection, when all
appliances are in operation at maximum capacity, is not more than 0.5
inch water column as determined on
the basis of test, or in accordance with
table 3280.705(d). When determining gas
pipe sizing in the table, gas shall be assumed to have a specific gravity of 0.65
and rated at 1000 B.T.U. per cubic foot.
The natural gas supply connection(s)
shall be not less than the size of the
gas piping but shall be not smaller
than 3⁄4 inch nominal pipe size.

Do Not Use Tools To Separate the ‘‘QuickDisconnect’’ Device

(d) Gas pipe sizing. Gas piping systems
shall be sized so that the pressure drop
to any appliance inlet connection from

TABLE TO PARAGRAPH (d)—MAXIMUM CAPACITY OF DIFFERENT SIZES OF PIPE AND TUBING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/HR OF NATURAL GAS FOR GAS PRESSURES OF 0.5 PSIG OR LESS, AND A MAXIMUM
PRESSURE DROP OF 1⁄2 IN. WATER COLUMN
ID (in.)

10 ft

20 ft

30 ft

40 ft

50 ft

60 ft

70 ft

80 ft

90 ft

100 ft

Iron Pipe Sizes—Length
⁄ ......................
⁄ ......................
⁄ ......................
3⁄4 ......................
1 ........................

43
95
175
360
680

14
38
12

EHD 2

ID (in.)

29
65
120
250
465
10 ft

24
52
97
200
375
20 ft

20
45
82
170
320
30 ft

18
40
73
151
285
40 ft

16
36
66
138
260
50 ft

15
33
61
125
240

60 ft

70 ft

14
31
57
118
220
80 ft

13
29
53
110
215
90 ft

12
27
50
103
195
100 ft

Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing—Length 1
13
15
18
19
23
25
30
31
37

⁄
⁄
⁄
1⁄2
3⁄4
3⁄4
1
1
1
1 ⁄4
38
38
12

10 ft

31
42
79
91
155
184
317
368
598
20 ft

21
30
56
64
111
132
222
258
426
30 ft

17
24
45
52
92
108
180
209
350

14
20
39
45
80
93
156
180
304

40 ft

13
18
36
40
72
84
138
161
273

50 ft

12
16
33
36
65
77
126
147
250

60 ft

11
15
30
35
60
71
116
135
231

70 ft

10
14
28
32
58
66
108
127
217
80 ft

10
13
27
31
55
62
103
120
205
90 ft

9
12
25
29
52
60
97
113
195
100 ft

Copper Tubing—Length
⁄ ......................
⁄ ......................
⁄ ......................
3⁄4 ......................
1 ........................
14
38
12

27
56
113
197
280

18
38
78
136
193

15
31
62
109
155

13
26
53
93
132

11
23
47
83
117

10
21
43
75
106

9
19
39
69
98

9
18
37
64
91

8
17
34
60
85

8
16
33
57
81

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

1 Includes losses for four 90-degree bends and two end fittings. Tubing runs with larger numbers of bend and/or fittings shall
be increased by an equivalent length of tubing according to the following equation: L = 1.3n, where L is actual length (ft) of tubing and n is the number of additional fittings and/or bends.
2 EHD (Equivalent Hydraulic Diameter)—A measure of the hydraulic efficiency between different tubing sizes.

(e) Joints for gas pipe. All pipe joints
in the piping system, unless welded or
brazed, shall be threaded joints that
comply with Pipe Threads, General
Purpose (Inch), adopted 25 October 1984,
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1–1983. Right and left
nipples or couplings shall not be used.
Unions, if used, shall be of ground joint
type. The material used for welding or
brazing pipe connections shall have a

melting temperature in excess of 1,000
F.
(f) Joints for tubing. (1) Tubing joints
shall be made with either a single or a
double flare of 45 degrees in accordance
with Flares For Tubing, SAE–J533b–
1992 or with other listed vibration-resistant fittings, or joints may be
brazed with material having a melting
point exceeding 1,000 °F. Metallic ball

111

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00121

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.705

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

sleeve compression-type tubing fittings
shall not be used.
(2) Steel tubing joints shall be made
with a double-flare in accordance with
Flares For Tubing, SAE-J533b-1972.
(g) Pipe joint compound. Screw joints
shall be made up tight with listed pipe
joint compound, insoluble in liquefied
petroleum gas, and shall be applied to
the male threads only.
(h) Concealed tubing. (1) Copper tubing must not be run inside walls,
floors, partitions, or roofs. Corrugated
stainless steel tubing (CSST) may be
run inside walls, floors, partitions, and
roofs under the following conditions:
(i) The CSST is protected from accidental puncture by a steel strike barrier not less than 0.058 inch thick, or
the barrier’s equivalent, installed between the tubing and the finished wall
and extending 4 inches beyond concealed penetrations of plates, firestops,
and wall studs, or specified by the tubing manufacturer’s instructions; and
(ii) The CSST is installed in single
runs and is not rigidly secured.
(2) Where tubing passes through exterior walls, floors, partitions, or similar
construction, the tubing must be protected by the use of weather-resistant
grommets that snugly fit both the tubing and the hole through which the
tubing passes, or protected as specified
in the tubing manufacturer’s instructions.
(3) Concealed joints: Piping or tubing
joints must not be located in any wall,
floor, partition, or similar concealed
construction space.
(i) Concealed joints. Piping or tubing
joints shall not be located in any floor,
wall partition, or similar concealed
construction space.
(j) Gas supply connections. When gas
appliances are installed, at least one
gas supply connection shall be provided
on each home. The connection shall
not be located beneath an exit door.
Where more than one connection is
provided, the piping system shall be
sized to provide adequate capacity
from each supply connection.
(k) Identification of gas supply connections. Each manufactured home shall
have permanently affixed to the exterior skin at or near each gas supply
connection or the end of the pipe, a tag
of 3 inches by 13⁄4 inches minimum size,

made of etched, metal-stamped or embossed brass, stainless steel, anodized
or alcalde aluminum not less than 0.020
inch thick, or other approved material
(e.g., 0.005 inch plastic laminates),
which reads as follows. The connector
capacity indicated on this tag shall be
equal to or greater than the total Btuh
rating of all intended gas appliances.
COMBINATION LP-GAS AND NATURAL
GAS SYSTEM
This gas piping system is designed for
use of either liquefied petroleum gas or
natural gas.
NOTICE: BEFORE TURNING ON GAS
BE CERTAIN APPLIANCES ARE DESIGNED FOR THE GAS CONNECTED
AND ARE EQUIPPED WITH CORRECT
ORIFICES. SECURELY CAP THIS
INLET WHEN NOT CONNECTED FOR
USE.
When connecting to lot outlet, use a
listed gas supply connector for mobile
homes rated at b 100,000 Btuh or more; b
250,000 Btuh or more.
Before turning on gas, make certain
all gas connections have been made
tight, all appliance valves are turned off,
and any unconnected outlets are capped.
After turning on gas, test gas piping
and connections to appliances for leakage with soapy water or bubble solution,
and light all pilots.

The connector capacity indicated on
this tag shall be equal to or greater
than the total Btuh rating of all intended gas appliances.
(l) LP-gas supply connectors. (1) A listed LP-Gas flexible connection conforming to UL 569–1995, Pigtails and
Flexible Hose Connectors for LP Gas,
or equal must be supplied when LP-Gas
cylinders(s) and regulator(s) are supplied.
(2) Appliance connections. All gas
burning appliances shall be connected
to the fuel piping. Materials as provided in § 3280.705(b) or listed appliance
connectors shall be used. Listed appliance connectors when used shall not
run through walls, floors, ceilings or
partitions, except for cabinetry, and
shall be 3 feet or less in length or 6 feet
or less for cooking appliances. Connectors of aluminum shall not be used outdoors. A manufactured home containing a combination LP-natural-gas-

112

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00122

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.706

system may be provided with a gas outlet to supply exterior appliances when
installed in accordance with the following:
(i) No portion of the completed installation shall project beyond the wall
of the manufactured home.
(ii) The outlet must be provided with
an approved quick-disconnect device,
which must be designed to provide a
positive seal on the supply side of the
gas system when the appliance is disconnected. A shutoff valve of the nondisplaceable rotor type conforming to
ANSI Z21.15–1997, Manually Operated
Gas Valves, must be installed immediately upstream of the quick-disconnect device. The complete device
must be provided as part of the original
installation.
(iii) Protective caps or plugs for the
‘‘quick-disconnect’’ device, when disconnected, shall be permanently attached to the manufactured home adjacent to the device.
(iv) A tag shall be permanently attached to the outside of the exterior
wall of the manufactured home as close
as possible to the gas supply connection. The tag shall indicate the type of
gas and the Btuh capacity of the outlet
and shall be legibly inscribed as follows:

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

THIS OUTLET IS DESIGNED FOR USE
WITH
GAS
PORTABLE
APPLIANCES
WHOSE TOTAL INPUT DO NOT EXCEED
lll BTUH. REPLACE PROTECTIVE COVERING OVER CONNECTOR WHEN NOT IN
USE.

(3) Valves. A shutoff valve must be installed in the fuel piping at each appliance inside the manufactured home
structure, upstream of the union or
connector in addition to any valve on
the appliance and so arranged to be accessible to permit servicing of the appliance and removal of its components.
The shutoff valve must be located
within 6 feet of any cooking appliance
and within 3 feet of any other appliance. A shutoff valve may serve more
than one appliance if located as required by this paragraph (3). The shutoff valve must be of the non-displaceable rotor type and conform to ANSI
Z21.15–1997, Manually Operated Gas
Valves.
(4) Gas piping system openings. All
openings in the gas piping system shall

be closed gas-tight with threaded pipe
plugs or pipe caps.
(5) Electrical ground. Gas piping shall
not be used for an electrical ground.
(6) Couplings. Pipe couplings and
unions shall be used to join sections of
threaded piping. Right and left nipples
or couplings shall not be used.
(7) Hangers and supports. All gas piping shall be adequately supported by
galvanized or equivalently protected
metal straps or hangers at intervals of
not more than 4 feet, except where adequate support and protection is provided by structural members. Solidiron-pipe gas supply connection(s) shall
be rigidly anchored to a structural
member within 6 inches of the supply
connection(s).
(8) Testing for leakage. (i) Before appliances are connected, piping systems
shall stand a pressure of at least six
inches mercury or three PSI gage for a
period of not less than ten minutes
without showing any drop in pressure.
Pressure shall be measured with a mercury manometer or slope gage calibrated so as to be read in increments of
not greater than one-tenth pound, or
an equivalent device. The source of
normal operating pressure shall be isolated before the pressure tests are
made. Before a test is begun, the temperature of the ambient air and of the
piping shall be approximately the
same, and constant air temperature be
maintained throughout the test.
(ii) After appliances are connected,
the piping system shall be pressurized
to not less than 10 inches nor more
than 14 inches water column and the
appliance connections tested for leakage with soapy water or bubble solution.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 54383, Oct. 5, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR 4587,
Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55016, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR
72050, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73987, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.706 Oil piping systems.
(a) General. The requirements of this
section shall govern the installation of
all liquid fuel piping attached to any
manufactured home. None of the requirements listed in this section shall
apply to the piping in the appliance(s).
(b) Materials. All materials used for
the installation extension, alteration,

113

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00123

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.707

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

or repair, of any oil piping systems
shall be new and free from defects or
internal obstructions. The system shall
be made of materials having a melting
point of not less than 1,450 F, except as
provided in § 280.706(d) and (e). They
shall consist of one or more of the materials described in § 3280.706(b) (1)
through (4).
(1) Steel or wrought-iron pipe shall
comply with ANSI B 36.10–1979, Welded
and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
Threaded copper or brass pipe in iron
pipe sizes may be used.
(2) Fittings for oil piping shall be
wrought-iron, malleable iron, steel, or
brass (containing not more than 75 percent copper).
(3) Copper tubing must be annealed
type, Grade K or L conforming to the
Standard Specification for Seamless
Copper Water Tube, ASTM B88–93, or
shall comply with ASTM B280–1995,
Standard Specification for Seamless
Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and
Refrigeration Field Service.
(4) Steel tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.032 inch for
diameters up to 1⁄2 inch and 0.049 inch
for diameters 1⁄2 inch and larger. Steel
tubing shall be constructed in accordance with the Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Coiled Steel
Tubing for Gas and Field Oil Lines,
ASTM, A539–90a, and shall be externally corrosion protected.
(c) Size of oil piping. The minimum
size of all fuel oil tank piping connecting outside tanks to the appliance
shall be no smaller than 3⁄8 inch OD
copper tubing or 1⁄4 inch IPS. If No. 1
fuel oil is used with a listed automatic
pump (fuel lifter), copper tubing shall
be sized as specified by the pump manufacturer.
(d) Joints for oil piping. All pipe joints
in the piping system, unless welded or
brazed, shall be threaded joints which
comply with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1–1983,
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).
The material used for brazing pipe connections shall have a melting temperature in excess of 1,000 F.
(e) Joints for tubing. Joints in tubing
shall be made with either a single or
double flare of the proper degree, as
recommended by the tubing manufacturer, by means of listed tubing fit-

tings, or brazed with materials having
a melting point in excess of 1,000 F.
(f) Pipe joint compound. Threaded
joints shall be made up tight with listed pipe joint compound which shall be
applied to the male threads only.
(g) Couplings. Pipe couplings and
unions shall be used to join sections of
threaded pipe. Right and left nipples or
couplings shall not be used.
(h) Grade of piping. Fuel oil piping installed in conjunction with gravity
feed systems to oil heating equipment
shall slope in a gradual rise upward
from a central location to both the oil
tank and the appliance in order to
eliminate air locks.
(i) Strap hangers. All oil piping shall
be adequately supported by galvanized
or equivalently protected metal straps
or hangers at intervals of not more
than 4 feet, except where adequate support and protection is provided by
structural members. Solid-iron-pipe oil
supply connection(s) shall be rigidly
anchored to a structural member within 6 inches of the supply connection(s).
(j) Testing Tag. A tag must be affixed
to each oil-fired appliance stating:
‘‘Before setting the system in operation, tank installations and piping
must be checked for oil leaks with fuel
oil of the same grade that will be
burned in the appliance. No other material may be used for testing fuel oil
tanks and piping. Tanks must be filled
to maximum capacity for the final
check for oil leakage.’’
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4588, Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55017, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72050, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73988, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.707 Heat producing appliances.
(a) Heat-producing appliances and
vents, roof jacks and chimneys necessary for their installation in manufactured homes shall be listed or certified by a nationally recognized testing agency for use in manufactured
homes.
(1) A manufactured home shall be
provided with a comfort heating system.
(i) When a manufactured home is
manufactured to contain a heating appliance, the heating appliance shall be
installed by the manufacturer of the

114

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00124

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.708

manufactured home in compliance
with applicable sections of this subpart.
(ii) When a manufactured home is
manufactured for field application of
an external heating or combination
heating/cooling appliance, preparation
of the manufactured home for this external application shall comply with
the applicable sections of this part.
(2) Each gas and oil burning comfort
heating appliance must have an Annual
Fuel Utilization Efficiency of not less
than that specified in 10 CFR part 430,
Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Test Procedures for
Furnaces/Boilers, Vented Home Heating Equipment and Pool Heaters.
(b) Fuel-burning heat-producing appliances and refrigeration appliances,
except ranges and ovens, shall be of the
vented type and vented to the outside.
(c) Fuel-burning appliances shall not
be converted from one fuel to another
fuel unless converted in accordance
with the terms of their listing and the
appliance manufacturer’s instructions.
(d) Performance efficiency. Each automatic storage water heater must comply with the efficiency requirements of
10 CFR part 430, Energy Conservation
Program for Consumer Products: Energy Conservation Standards for Water
Heaters.
(1) All automatic electric storage
water heaters installed in manufactured homes shall have a standby loss
not exceeding 43 watts/meter2 (4 watts/
ft2) of tank surface area. The method of
test for standby loss shall be as described in section 4.3.1 of Household
Automatic Electric Storage Type
Water Heaters, ANSI C72.1–1972.
(2) All gas and oil-fired automatic
storage water heaters shall have a recovery efficiency, E, and a standby
loss, S, as described below. The method
of test of E and S shall be as described
in section 2.7 of Gas Water heaters,
Vol. I, Storage Water Heaters with
Input/Ratings of 75,000 BTU per hour or
less,
ANSI
Z21.10.1–1998
with
addendums
Z21.10.1a–2000,
and
Z21.10.1b–1992, except that for oil-fired
units. CF = 1.0, Q = total gallons of oil
consumed and H = total heating value
of oil in BTU/gallon.

Storage capacity in
gallons

Recovery
efficiency

Standby loss

Less than 25

At least 75 percent..
00 .....................
00 .....................

Not more than 7.5 percent.

25 up to 35 ..
35 or more ...

Not more than 7 percent.
Not more than 6 percent.

(e) Each space heating, cooling or
combination heating and cooling system shall be provided with at least one
readily adjustable automatic control
for regulation of living space temperature. The control shall be placed a minimum of 3 feet from the vertical edge
of the appliance compartment door. It
shall not be located on an exterior wall
or on a wall separating the appliance
compartment from a habitable room.
(f) Oil-fired heating equipment. All oilfired heating equipment must conform
to Liquid Fuel-burning Heating Appliances for Manufactured Homes and
Recreational Vehicles, UL 307A–1995,
with 1997 revisions, and be installed in
accordance with Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment,
NFPA 31–01 (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4). Regardless of the requirements of the above-referenced standards, or any other standards referenced
in this part, the following are not required:
(1) External switches or remote controls which shut off the burner or the
flow of oil to the burner, or
(2) An emergency disconnect switch
to interrupt electric power to the
equipment under conditions of excessive temperature.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 17, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 54383, Oct. 5, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 47 FR 49391,
Nov. 1, 1982; 52 FR 4588, Feb. 12, 1987; 52 FR
47553, Dec. 15, 1987; 58 FR 55017, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72050, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73988, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.708 Exhaust duct system and
provisions for the future installation of a clothes dryer.
(a) Clothes dryers. (1) All gas and electric clothes dryers shall be exhausted
to the outside by a moisture-lint exhaust duct and termination fitting.
When the clothes dryer is supplied by
the manufacturer, the exhaust duct
and termination fittings shall be completely installed by the manufacturer.
However, if the exhaust duct system is

115

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00125

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.709

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

subject to damage during transportation, it need not be completely installed at the factory when:
(i) The exhaust duct system is connected to the clothes dryer, and
(ii) A moisture lint exhaust duct system is roughed in and installation instructions are provided in accordance
with paragraph (b)(3) or (c) of this section.
(2) A clothes dryer moisture-lint exhaust duct shall not be connected to
any other duct, vent or chimney.
(3) The exhaust duct shall not terminate beneath the manufactured home.
(4) Moisture-lint exhaust ducts shall
not be connected with sheet metal
screws or other fastening devices which
extend into the interior of the duct.
(5) Moisture-lint exhaust duct and
termination fittings shall be installed
in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s printed instructions.
(b) Provisions for future installation of
a gas clothes dryer. A manufactured
home may be provided with ‘‘stubbed
in’’ equipment at the factory to supply
a gas clothes dryer for future installation by the owner provided it complies
with the following provisions:
(1) The ‘‘stubbed in’’ gas outlet shall
be provided with a shutoff valve, the
outlet of which is closed by threaded
pipe plug or cap;
(2) The ‘‘stubbed in’’ gas outlet shall
be permanently labeled to identify it
for use only as the supply connection
for a gas clothes dryer;
(3) A moisture lint duct system consisting of a complete access space
(hole) through the wall or floor cavity
with a cap or cover on the interior and
exterior of the cavity secured in such a
manner that they can be removed by a
common household tool shall be provided. The cap or cover in place shall
limit air infiltration and be designed to
resist the entry of water or rodents.
The manufacturer is not required to
provide the moisture-lint exhaust duct
or the termination fitting. The manufacturer shall provide written instructions to the owner on how to complete
the exhaust duct installation in accordance
with
provisions
of
§ 3280.708(a)(1) through (5).
(c) Provisions for future installation of
electric clothes dryers. When wiring is installed to supply an electric clothes

dryer for future installation by the
owner, the manufacturer shall:
(1) Provide a roughed in moisturelint exhaust duct system consisting of
a complete access space (hole) through
the wall or floor cavity with a cap or
cover on the interior and exterior of
the cavity which are secured in such a
manner that they can be removed by
the use of common household tools.
The cap or cover in place shall limit
air filtration and be designed to resist
the entry of water or rodents into the
home. The manufacturer is not required to provide the moisture-lint exhaust duct or the termination fitting;
(2) Install a receptacle for future connection of the dryer;
(3) Provide written instructions on
how to complete the exhaust duct installation in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) through (5)
of this section.
[42 FR 54383, Oct. 5, 1977. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55018, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.709 Installation of appliances.
(a) The installation of each appliance
shall conform to the terms of its listing and the manufacturer’s instructions. The installer shall leave the
manufacturer’s instructions attached
to the appliance. Every appliance shall
be secured in place to avoid displacement. For the purpose of servicing and
replacement, each appliance shall be
both accessible and removable.
(b) Heat-producing appliances shall
be so located that no doors, drapes, or
other such material can be placed or
swing closer to the front of the appliance than the clearances specified on
the labeled appliances.
(c) Clearances surrounding heat producing appliances shall not be less than
the clearances specified in the terms of
their listings.
(1) Prevention of storage. The area
surrounding heat producing appliances
installed in areas with interior or exterior access shall be framed-in or guarded with noncombustible material such
that the distance from the appliance to
the framing or guarding material is not
greater than three inches unless the
appliance is installed in compliance
with paragraph (c)(2), of this section.
When clearance required by the listing

116

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00126

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.709

is greater than three inches, the guard
or frame shall not be closer to the appliance than the distance provided in
the listing.
(2) Clearance spaces surrounding heat
producing appliances are not required
to be framed-in or guarded when:
(i) A space is designed specifically for
a clothes washer or dryer;
(ii) Dimensions surrounding the appliance do not exceed three inches; or
(iii) The manufacturer affixes either
to a side of an alcove or compartment
containing the appliance, or to the appliance itself, in a clearly visible location, a 3″ × 5″ adhesive backed plastic
laminated label or the equivalent
which reads as follows:
‘‘Warning’’

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

This compartment is not to be used as a
storage area. Storage of combustible materials or containers on or near any appliance
in this compartment may create a fire hazard. Do not store such materials or containers in this compartment.

(d) All fuel-burning appliances, except ranges, ovens, illuminating appliances, clothes dryers, solid fuel-burning fireplaces and solid fuel-burning
fireplace stoves, shall be installed to
provide for the complete separation of
the combustion system from the interior atmosphere of the manufactured
home. Combustion air inlets and flue
gas outlets shall be listed or certified
as components of the appliance. The required separation may be obtained by:
(1) The installation of direct vent
system (sealed combustion system) appliances, or
(2) The installation of appliances
within enclosures so as to separate the
appliance combustion system and venting system from the interior atmosphere of the manufactured home. There
shall not be any door, removable access
panel, or other opening into the enclosure from the inside of the manufactured home. Any opening for ducts,
piping, wiring, etc., shall be sealed.
(e) A forced air appliance and its return-air system shall be designed and
installed so that negative pressure created by the air-circulating fan cannot
affect its or another appliance’s combustion air supply or act to mix products of combustion with circulating
air.

(1) The air circulating fan of a furnace installed in an enclosure with another fuel-burning appliance shall be
operable only when any door or panel
covering an opening in the furnace fan
compartment or in a return air plenum
or duct is in the closed position. This
does not apply if both appliances are
direct vent system (sealed combustion
system) appliances.
(2) If a warm air appliance is installed within an enclosure to conform
to § 3280.709(d)(2), each warm-air outlet
and each return air inlet shall extend
to the exterior of the enclosure. Ducts,
if used for that purpose, shall not have
any opening within the enclosure and
shall terminate at a location exterior
to the enclosure.
(3) Cooling coils installed as a portion of, or in connection with, any
forced-air furnace shall be installed on
the downstream side unless the furnace
is specifically otherwise listed.
(4) An air conditioner evaporator section shall not be located in the air discharge duct or plenum of any forced-air
furnace unless the manufactured home
manufacturer has complied with certification required in § 3280.511.
(5) If a cooling coil is installed with a
forced-air furnace, the coil shall be installed in accordance with its listing.
When a furnace-coil unit has a limited
listing, the installation must be in accordance with that listing.
(6) When an external heating appliance or combination cooling/heating
appliance is to be field installed, the
home manufacturer shall make provision for proper location of the connections to the supply and return air systems. The manufacturer is not required
to provide said appliance(s). The preparation by the manufacturer for connection to the home’s supply and return
air system shall include all fittings and
connection ducts to the main duct and
return air system such that the installer is only required to provide:
(i) The appliance;
(ii) Any appliance connections to the
home; and
(iii) The connecting duct between the
external appliance and the fitting installed on the home by the manufacturer. The above connection preparations by the manufacturer do not apply

117

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00127

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.710

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

to supply or return air systems designed only to accept external cooling
(i.e., self contained air conditioning
systems, etc.)
(7) The installation of a self contained air conditioner comfort cooling
appliance shall meet the following requirements:
(i) The installation on a duct common with an installed heating appliance shall require the installation of
an automatic damper or other means
to prevent the cooled air from passing
through the heating appliance unless
the heating appliance is certified or
listed for such application and the supply system is intended for such an application.
(ii) The installation shall prevent the
flow of heated air into the external
cooling appliance and its connecting
ducts to the manufactured home supply and return air system during the
operation of the heating appliance installed in the manufactured home.
(iii) The installation shall prevent simultaneous operation of the heating
and cooling appliances.
(f) Vertical clearance above cooking top.
Ranges shall have a vertical clearance
above the cooking top of not less than
24 inches. (See § 3280.204).
(g) Solid fuel-burning factory-built
fireplaces and fireplace stoves listed
for use in manufactured homes may be
installed in manufactured homes provided they and their installation conform to the following paragraphs. A
fireplace or fireplace stove shall not be
considered as a heating facility for determining compliance with subpart F.
(1) A solid fuel-burning fireplace or
fireplace stove shall be equipped with
integral door(s) or shutter(s) designed
to close the fireplace or fireplace stove
fire chamber opening and shall include
complete means for venting through
the roof, a combustion air inlet, a
hearth extension, and means to securely attach the fireplace or the fireplace stove to the manufactured home
structure. The installation shall conform to the following paragraphs (g)(1)
(i) to (vii) inclusive:
(i) A listed factory-built chimney designed to be attached directly to the
fireplace or fireplace stove shall be
used. The listed factory built chimney
shall be equipped with and contain as

part of its listing a termination device(s) and a spark arrester(s).
(ii) A fireplace or fireplace stove, air
intake assembly, hearth extension and
the chimney shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listings and their manufacturer’s instructions.
(iii) The combustion air inlet shall
conduct the air directly into the fire
chamber and shall be designed to prevent material from the hearth dropping
onto the area beneath the manufactured home.
(iv) The fireplace or fireplace stove
shall not be installed in a sleeping
room.
(v) Hearth extension shall be of noncombustible material not less than 3⁄8inch thick. The hearth shall extend at
least 16 inches in front or and at least
8 inches beyond each side of the fireplace or fireplace stove opening. Furthermore the hearth shall extend over
the entire surface beneath a fireplace
stove and beneath an elevated or overhanging fireplace.
(vi) The label on each solid fuel-burning fireplace and solid fuel-burning
fireplace stove shall include the following wording: For use with solid fuel
only.
(vii) The chimney shall extend at
least three feet above the part of the
roof through which it passes and at
least two feet above the highest elevation of any part of the manufactured
home within 10 feet of the chimney.
Portions of the chimney and termination that exceed an elevation of 131⁄2
ft. above ground level may be designed
to be removed for transporting the
manufactured home.
(h) A corrosion resistant water drip
collection and drain pan must be installed under each water heater that
will allow water leaking from the
water heater to drain to the exterior of
the manufactured home, or to a drain.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 44 FR
66195, Nov. 19, 1979; 58 FR 55018, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72050, Nov. 30, 2005]

§ 3280.710 Venting,
combustion air.

ventilation

(a) The venting as required by
§ 3280.707(b) shall be accomplished by

118

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00128

Fmt 8010

and

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.714

one or more of the methods given in
(a)(1) and (2) of this section:
(1) An integral vent system listed or
certified as part of the appliance.
(2) A venting system consisting entirely of listed components, including
roof jack, installed in accordance with
the terms of the appliance listing and
the appliance manufacturer’s instructions.
(b) Venting and combustion air systems shall be installed in accordance
with the following:
(1) Components shall be securely assembled and properly aligned at the
factory in accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions except vertical or horizontal sections of a
fuel fired heating appliance venting
system that extend beyond the roof
line or outside the wall line may be installed at the site. Sectional venting
systems shall be listed for such applications and installed in accordance
with the terms of their listings and
manufacturers’ instructions. In cases
where sections of the venting system
are removed for transportation, a label
shall be permanently attached to the
appliance indicating the following:

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Sections of the venting system have not
been installed. Warning-do not operate the
appliance until all sections have been assembled and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.

(2) Draft hood connectors shall be
firmly attached to draft hood outlets
or flue collars by sheet metal screws or
by equivalent effective mechanical fasteners.
(3) Every joint of a vent, vent connector, exhaust duct and combustion
air intake shall be secure and in alignment.
(c) Venting systems shall not terminate underneath a manufactured home.
(d) Venting system terminations
shall be not less than three feet from
any motor-driven air intake discharging into habitable areas.
(e) The area in which cooking appliances are located shall be ventilated by
a metal duct which may be single wall,
not less than 12.5 square inches in
cross-sectional area (minimum dimension shall be two inches) located above
the appliance(s) and terminating outside the manufactured home, or by listed mechanical ventilating equipment

discharging outside the home, that is
installed in accordance with the terms
of listing and the manufacturer’s instructions. Gravity or mechanical ventilation shall be installed within a horizontal distance of not more than ten
feet from the vertical front of the appliance(s).
(f) Mechanical ventilation which exhausts directly to the outside atmosphere from the living space of a home
shall be equipped with an automatic or
manual damper. Operating controls
shall be provided such that mechanical
ventilation can be separately operated
without directly energizing other energy consuming devices.
[49 FR 32012, Aug. 9, 1984, as amended at 58
FR 55018, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.711 Instructions.
Operating instructions must be provided with each appliance. The operating and installation instructions for
each appliance must be provided with
the homeowner’s manual.
[78 FR 73989, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.712 Marking.
(a) Information on clearances, input
rating, lighting and shutdown shall be
attached to the appliances with the
same permanence as the nameplate,
and so located that it is easily readable
when the appliance is properly installed or shutdown for transporting of
manufactured home.
(b) Each fuel-burning appliance shall
bear permanent marking designating
the type(s) of fuel for which it is listed.
§ 3280.713 Accessibility.
Every appliance shall be accessible
for inspection, service, repair, and replacement without removing permanent construction. For those purposes,
inlet piping supplying the appliance
shall not be considered permanent construction. Sufficient room shall be
available to enable the operator to observe the burner, control, and ignition
means while starting the appliance.
[58 FR 55018, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.714 Appliances, cooling.
(a) Every air conditioning unit or a
combination air conditioning and heating unit shall be listed or certified by a

119

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00129

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.714

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

nationally recognized testing agency
for the application for which the unit
is intended and installed in accordance
with the terms of its listing.
(1) Mechanical air conditioners shall
be rated in accordance with the ARI
Standard 210/240–89 Unitary Air Conditioning and Air Source Unitary Heat
Pump Equipment (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4) and certified by ARI
or other nationally recognized testing
agency capable of providing follow-up
service.
(i) Electric motor-driven unitary aircooled air conditioners and heat pumps
in the cooling mode with rated capacity less than 65,000 BTU/hour (19,045
watts), when rated at ARI standard
rating conditions in ARI Standard 210/
240–89, Unitary Air-Conditioning and
Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment,
must have seasonal energy efficiency
(SEER) values not less than as specified in 10 CFR Part 430, Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: Central Air Conditioners and
Heat Pumps Energy Conservation
Standards.
(ii) Heat pumps must be certified to
comply with all requirements of the
ARI Standard 210/240–89, Unitary Air
Conditioning and Air-Source Heat
Pump Equipment. Electric motor-driven vapor compression heat pumps with
supplemental electrical resistance heat
must be sized to provide by compression at least 60 percent of the calculated annual heating requirements
for the manufactured home being
served. A control must be provided and
set to prevent operation of supplemental electrical resistance heat at
outdoor temperatures above 40 °F (4
°C), except for defrost conditions. Electric motor-driven vapor compression
heat pumps with supplemental electric
resistance heat conforming to ARI
Standard 210/240–89, Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump
Equipment, must have Heating Season
Performance
Factor
(HSPF)
efficiencies not less than as specified in
the 10 CFR Part 430, Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products:
Central Air Conditioners and Heat
Pumps Energy Conservation Standards.
(iii) Electric motor-driven vapor
compression heat pumps with supple-

mental electric resistance heat conforming to ARI Standard 210/240–89 Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source
Heat Pump Equipment shall show coefficient of performance ratios not less
than shown below:
COP
Temperature degrees
fahrenheit

Coefficient of
performance

47 .....................................................................
17 .....................................................................
0 .......................................................................

(2) Gas fired absorption air conditioners must be listed or certified in
accordance with ANSI Z21.40.1–1996,
Gas Fired, Heat Activated, Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Appliances (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4),
and certified by a nationally recognized testing agency capable of providing follow-up service.
(3) Direct refrigerating systems serving any air conditioning or comfortcooling system installed in a manufactured home shall employ a type of refrigerant that ranks no lower than
Group 5 in the Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. ‘‘Classification of Comparative Life Hazard of Various Chemicals.’’
(4) When a cooling or heat pump coil
and air conditioner blower are installed
with a furnace or heating appliance,
they shall be tested and listed in combination for heating and safety performance by a nationally recognized
testing agency.
(5) Cooling or heat pump indoor coils
and outdoor sections shall be certified,
listed and rated in combination for capacity and efficiency by a nationally
recognized testing agency(ies). Rating
procedures shall be based on U.S. Department of Energy test procedures.
(b) Installation and instructions. (1)
The installation of each appliance shall
conform to the terms of its listing as
specified on the appliance and in the
manufacturer’s instructions. The installer shall include the manufacturer’s installation instructions in the
manufactured home. Appliances shall
be secured in place to avoid displacement and movement from vibration
and road shock.
(2) Operating instructions shall be
provided with the appliance.

120

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00130

Fmt 8010

2.5
1.7
1.0

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.715

(c) Fuel-burning air conditioners
shall also comply with § 280.707.
(d) The appliance rating plate shall
be so located that it is easily readable
when the appliance is properly installed.
(e) Every installed appliance shall be
accessible for inspection, service, repair and replacement without removing permanent construction.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55018, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72051, Nov. 30, 2005;
78 FR 73989, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.715 Circulating air systems.
(a) Supply system. (1) Supply air
ducts, fittings, and any dampers contained therein must be made of galvanized steel, tin-plated steel, or aluminum, or must be listed as Class 0 or
Class 1 air ducts and air connectors in
accordance with UL 181–2003, FactoryMade Air Ducts and Air Connectors (incorporated by reference, see § 3280.4).
Class 1 air ducts and air connectors
must be located at least 3 feet from the
furnace bonnet or plenum. Air connectors must not be used for exterior manufactured home duct connection. A
duct system integral with the structure must be of durable construction
that can be demonstrated to be equally
resistant to fire and deterioration as
required by this section. Furnace supply plenums must be constructed of
metal that extends a minimum of 3 feet
from the heat exchanger measured
along the centerline of airflow. Ducts
constructed from sheet metal must be
in accordance with the following table:
MINIMUM METAL THICKNESS FOR DUCTS 1
Diameter
14 in. or
less

Duct type
Round ................................................
Enclosed rectangular .........................
Exposed rectangular .........................

0.013
.013
.016

Width
over 14
in.
0.016
.016
.019

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

1 When ‘‘nominal’’ thicknesses are specified, 0.003 in. shall
be added to these ‘‘minimum’’ metal thicknesses.

(2) Sizing of ducts for heating. (i) Ducts
shall be so designed that when a labeled forced-air furnace is installed and
operated continuously at its normal
heating air circulating rate in the
manufactured home, with all registers
in the full open position, the static
pressure measured in the casing shall

not exceed 90% of that shown on the
label of the appliance. For upflow furnaces the static pressure shall be taken
in the duct plenum. For external heating or combination heating/cooling appliances the static pressure shall be
taken at the point used by the agency
listing or certifying the appliance.
(ii) When an evaporator-coil specifically designed for the particular furnace is installed between the furnace
and the duct plenum, the total static
pressure shall be measured downstream
of the coil in accordance with the appliance label and shall not exceed 90
percent of that shown on the label of
the appliance.
(iii) When any other listed air-cooler
coil is installed between the furnace
and the duct plenum, the total static
pressure shall be measured between the
furnace and the coil and it shall not exceed 90 percent of that shown on the
label of the furnace.
(iv) The minimum dimension of any
branch duct shall be at least 11⁄2 inches,
and of any main duct, 21⁄2 inches.
(3) Sizing of ducts. (i) The manufactured home manufacturer shall certify
the capacity of the air cooling supply
duct system for the maximum allowable output of ARI certified central air
conditioning systems. The certification
shall be at operating static pressure of
0.3 inches of water or greater. (See
§ 3280.511).
(ii) The refrigerated air cooling supply duct system including registers
must be capable of handling at least 300
cfm per 10,000 btuh with a static pressure no greater than 0.3 inches of water
when measured at room temperature.
In the case of application of external
self contained comfort cooling appliances or the cooling mode of combination heating/cooling appliances, either
the external ducts between the appliance and the manufactured home supply system shall be considered part of,
and shall comply with the requirements for the refrigerated air cooling
supply duct system, or the connecting
duct between the external appliance
and the mobile supply duct system
shall be a part of the listed appliance.
The minimum dimension of any branch
duct shall be at least 11⁄2 inches, and of
any main duct, 21⁄2 inches.

121

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00131

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.715

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(4) Airtightness of supply duct systems.
A supply duct system shall be considered substantially airtight when the
static pressure in the duct system,
with all registers sealed and with the
furnace air circulator at high speed, is
at least 80 percent of the static pressure measured in the furnace casing,
with its outlets sealed and the furnace
air circulator operating at high speed.
For the purpose of this paragraph and
§ 3280.715(b) pressures shall be measured
with a water manometer or equivalent
device calibrated to read in increments
not greater than 1⁄10 inch water column.
(5) Expandable or multiple manufactured home connections. (i) An expandable or multiple manufactured home
may have ducts of the heating system
installed in the various units. The
points of connection must be so designed and constructed that when the
manufactured home is fully expanded
or coupled, the resulting duct joint will
conform to the requirements of this
part.
(ii) The manufacturer must provide
installation
instructions
for
supporting, mechanically fastening, sealing, and insulating each crossover
duct. The instructions must indicate
that no portion of the crossover duct is
to be in contact with the ground, and
must describe the means to support the
duct without compressing the insulation and restricting airflow.
(6) Air supply ducts shall be insulated
with material having an effective thermal resistance (R) of not less than 4.0
unless they are within manufactured
home insulation having a minimum effective value of R–4.0 for floors or R–6.0
for ceilings.
(7) Unless installed in a basement,
supply and return ducts, fittings, and
crossover duct plenums exposed directly to outside air, such as those
under-chassis crossover ducts or ducts
connecting external heating, cooling,
or combination heating/cooling appliances, must be insulated with material
having a minimum thermal resistance
of R–8 in all Thermal Zones. All such
insulating materials must have a continuous vapor barrier retarder having a
perm rating of not more than 1 perm.
Where ducts are exposed underneath
the manufactured home, they must
comply with paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this

section, and shall be listed for exterior
use.
(b) Return air systems—(1) Return air
openings. Provisions shall be made to
permit the return of circulating air
from all rooms and living spaces, except toilet room(s), to the circulating
air supply inlet of the furnace.
(2) Duct material. Return ducts and
any diverting dampers contained therein shall be in accordance with the following:
(i) Portions of return ducts directly
above the heating surfaces, or closer
than 2 feet from the outer jacket or
casing of the furnace shall be constructed of metal in accordance with
§ 3280.715(a)(1) or shall be listed Class 0
or Class 1 air ducts.
(ii) Return ducts, except as required
by paragraph (a) of this section, shall
be constructed of one-inch (nominal)
wood boards (flame spread classification of not more than 200), other suitable material no more flammable than
one-inch board or in accordance with
§ 3280.715(a)(1).
(iii) The interior of combustible
ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material at points where there
might be danger from incandescent
particles dropped through the register
or furnace such as directly under floor
registers and the bottom return.
(iv) Factory made air ducts used for
connecting external heating, cooling or
combination
heating/cooling
appliances to the supply system and return
air system of a manufactured home
shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing agency. Ducts applied to
external heating appliances or combination heating/cooling appliances
supply system outlets shall be constructed of metal in accordance with
§ 3280.715(a)(1) or shall be listed Class 0
or Class 1 air ducts for those portions
of the duct closer than 2 feet from the
outer casing of the appliance.
(v) Ducts applied to external appliances shall be resistant to deteriorating environmental effects, including
but not limited to ultraviolet rays,
cold weather, or moisture and shall be
resistant to insects and rodents.
(3) Sizing. The cross-sectional areas of
the return air duct shall not be less
than 2 square inches for each 1,000 Btu
per hour input rating of the appliance.

122

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00132

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.801

Dampers shall not be placed in a combination fresh air intake and return air
duct so arranged that the required
cross-sectional area will not be reduced
at all possible positions of the damper.
(4) Permanent uncloseable openings.
Living areas not served by return air
ducts or closed off from the return
opening of the furnace by doors, sliding
partitions, or other means shall be provided with permanent uncloseable
openings in the doors or separating
partitions to allow circulated air to return to the furnace. Such openings
may be grilled or louvered. The net free
area of each opening shall be not less
than 1 square inch for every 5 square
feet of total living area closed off from
the furnace by the door or partition
serviced by that opening. Undercutting
doors connecting the closed-off space
may be used as a means of providing
return air area. However, in the event
that doors are undercut, they shall be
undercut a minimum of 2 inches and
not more than 21⁄2 inches, as measured
from the top surface of the floor decking to the bottom of the door and no
more than one half of the free air area
so provided shall be counted as return
air area.
(c) Joints and seams. Joints and seams
of sheet metal and factory-made flexible ducts, including trunks, branches,
risers, crossover ducts, and crossover
duct plenums, shall be mechanically
secured and made substantially airtight. Slip joints in sheet metal ducts
shall have a lap of at least one inch and
shall be mechanically fastened. Tapes
or caulking compounds shall be permitted to be used for sealing mechanically secure joints. Sealants and tapes
shall be applied only to surfaces that
are dry and dust-, dirt-, oil-, and
grease-free. Tapes and mastic closure
systems for use with factory-made
rigid fiberglass air ducts and air connectors shall be listed in accordance
with UL Standard 181A–1994, with 1998
revisions. Tapes and mastic closure
systems used with factory-made flexible air ducts and air connectors shall
be listed in accordance with UL Standard 181B–1995, with 1998 revisions.
(d) Supports and protection. Ducts
must be securely supported. Nails or
other fasteners must not be driven or
penetrate through duct walls. Where

vertical ducts are installed within closets or rooms, they must be enclosed
with materials equivalent to those
used in the closet or room construction.
(e) Registers and grilles. Fittings connecting the registers and grilles to the
duct system must be constructed of
metal or material that complies with
the requirements of Class 1 or 2 ducts
under UL 181–1996 with 1998 revisions,
Factory Made Air Ducts and Connectors. Air supply terminal devices (registers) when installed in kitchen, bedrooms,
and
bathrooms
must
be
equipped with adjustable closeable
dampers. Registers or grilles must be
constructed of metal or conform with
the following:
(1) Be made of a material classified
94V–0 or 94V–1, when tested as described in UL 94–1996, with 2001 revisions, Test for Flammability of Plastic
Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances, Fifth Edition; and
(2) Floor registers or grilles shall resist without structural failure a 200 lb.
concentrated load on a 2-inch diameter
disc applied to the most critical area of
the exposed face of the register or
grille. For this test the register or
grille is to be at a temperature of not
less than 165 °F and is to be supported
in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4589, Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55019, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72051, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73989, Dec. 9,
2013]

Subpart I—Electrical Systems
§ 3280.801 Scope.
(a) Subpart I of this part and Part II
of Article 550 of the National Electrical
Code (NFPA No. 70–2005) cover the electrical conductors and equipment installed within or on manufactured
homes and the conductors that connect
manufactured homes to a supply of
electricity.
(b) In addition to the requirements of
this part and Part II of Article 550 of
the National Electrical Code (NFPA
No. 70–2005), the applicable portions of
other Articles of the National Electrical Code must be followed for electrical installations in manufactured

123

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00133

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.802

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

homes. The use of arc-fault breakers
under Articles 210.12(A) and (B), 440.65,
and 550.25(A) and (B) of the National
Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70–2005 is
not required. However, if arc-fault
breakers are provided, such use must
be in accordance with the National
Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70–2005.
Wherever the requirements of this
standard differ from the National Electrical Code, these standards apply.
(c) The provisions of this standard
apply to manufactured homes intended
for connection to a wiring system
nominally rated 120/240 volts, 3-wire
AC, with grounded neutral.
(d) All electrical materials, devices,
appliances, fittings and other equipment shall be listed or labeled by a nationally recognized testing agency and
shall be connected in an approved manner when in service.
(e) Aluminum conductors, aluminum
alloy conductors, and aluminum core
conductors such as copper clad aluminum; are not acceptable for use in
branch circuit wiring in manufactured
homes.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55019, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72051, Nov. 30, 2005;
71 FR 19639, Apr. 17, 2006]

§ 3280.802 Definitions.
(a) The following definitions are applicable to subpart I only.
(1) Accessible (i) (As applied to equipment) means admitting close approach
because not guarded by locked doors,
elevation, or other effective means.
(See readily accessible.)
(ii) (As applied to wiring methods)
means capable of being removed or exposed without damaging the manufactured home structure or finish, or not
permanently closed-in by the structure
or finish of the manufactured home
(see concealed and exposed).
(2) Air conditioning or comfort cooling
equipment means all of that equipment
intended or installed for the purpose of
processing the treatment of air so as to
control simultaneously its temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and distribution to meet the requirements of
the conditioned space.
(3)(i) Appliance means utilization
equipment, generally other than industrial, normally built in standardized

sizes or types, which is installed or
connected as a unit to perform one or
more functions, such as clothes washing, air conditioning, food mixing, deep
frying, etc.
(ii) Appliance, fixed means an appliance which is fastened or otherwise secured at a specific location.
(iii) Appliance, portable means an appliance which is actually moved or can
easily be moved from one place to another in normal use. For the purpose of
this Standard, the following major appliances are considered portable if
cord-connected: refrigerators, clothes
washers, dishwashers without booster
heaters, or other similar appliances.
(iv) Appliance, stationary means an
appliance which is not easily moved
from one place to another in normal
use.
(4) Attachment plug (plug cap) (cap)
means a device which, by insertion in a
receptacle, establishes connection between the conductors of the attached
flexible cord and the conductors connected permanently to the receptacle.
(5) Bonding means the permanent
joining of metallic parts to form an
electrically conductive path which will
assure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any current
likely to be imposed.
(6) Branch circuit (i) means the circuit
conductors between the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit and
the outlet(s). A device not approved for
branch circuit protection, such as a
thermal cutout or motor overload protective device, is not considered as the
overcurrent device protecting the circuit.
(ii) Branch circuit—appliance means a
branch circuit supplying energy to one
or more outlets to which appliances are
to be connected, such circuits to have
no permanently connected lighting fixtures not a part of an appliance.
(iii) Branch circuit—general purpose
means a circuit that supplies a number
of outlets for lighting and appliances.
(iv) Branch circuit—individual means
a branch circuit that supplies only one
utilization equipment.
(7) Cabinet means an enclosure designed either for surface or flush
mounting, and provided with a frame,
mat, or trim in which swinging doors
are hung.

124

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00134

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.802

(8) Circuit breaker means a device designed to open and close a circuit by
nonautomatic means, and to open the
circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current without injury to itself when properly applied
within its rating.
(9) Concealed means rendered inaccessible by the structure or finish of the
manufactured home. Wires in concealed raceways are considered concealed, even though they may become
accessible by withdrawing them. (See
accessible (As applied to wiring methods))
(10) Connector, pressure (solderless)
means a device that establishes a connection between two or more conductors or between one or more conductors
and a terminal by means of mechanical
pressure and without the use of solder.
(11) Dead front (as applied to switches,
circuit-breakers, switchboards, and distribution panelboard) means so designed,
constructed, and installed that no current-carrying parts are normally exposed on the front.
(12) Demand factor means the ratio of
the maximum demand of a system, or
part of a system, to the total connected load of a system or the part of
the system under consideration.
(13) Device means a unit of an electrical system that is intended to carry
but not utilize electrical energy.
(14) Disconnecting means means a device, or group of devices, or other
means by which the conductors of a
circuit can be disconnected from their
source of supply.
(15) Distribution panelboard means a
single panel or a group of panel units
designed for assembly in the form of a
single panel, including buses, and with
or without switches or automatic overcurrent protective devices or both, for
the control of light, heat, or power circuits of small individual as well as aggregate capacity; designed to be placed
in a cabinet placed in or against a wall
or partition and accessible only from
the front.
(16) Enclosed means surrounded by a
case that will prevent a person from
accidentally contacting live parts.
(17) Equipment means a general term,
including material, fittings, devices,
appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the
like used as a part of, or in connection
with, an electrical installation.

(18) Exposed (i) (As applied to live
parts) means capable of being inadvertently touched or approached nearer
than a safe distance by a person. It is
applied to parts not suitably guarded,
isolated, or insulated. (See accessible
and concealed.)
(ii) (As applied to wiring method)
means on or attached to the surface or
behind panels designed to allow access.
(See Accessible (as applied to wiring
methods))
(19) Externally operable means capable
of being operated without exposing the
operator to contact with live parts.
(20) Feeder assembly means the overhead or under-chassis feeder conductors, including the grounding conductor, together with the necessary fittings and equipment, or a power supply
cord approved for manufactured home
use, designed for the purpose of delivering energy from the source of electrical supply to the distribution panelboard within the manufactured home.
(21) Fitting means an accessory, such
as a locknut, bushing, or other part of
a wiring system, that is intended primarily to perform a mechanical rather
than an electrical function.
(22) Ground means a conducting connection, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or
equipment and earth, or to some conducting body that serves in place of the
earth.
(23) Grounded means connected to
earth or to some conducting body that
serves in place of the earth.
(24) Grounded conductor means a system or circuit conductor that is intentionally grounded.
(25) Grounding conductor means a conductor used to connect equipment or
the grounded circuit of a wiring system
to a grounding electrode or electrodes.
(26) Guarded means covered, shielded,
fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats or
platforms to remove the likelihood of
approach or contact by persons or objects to a point of danger.
(27) Isolated means not readily accessible to persons unless special means
for access are used.
(28) Laundry area means an area containing or designed to contain either a

125

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00135

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.803

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

laundry tray, clothes washer and/or
clothes dryer.
(29) Lighting outlet means an outlet
intended for the direct connection of a
lampholder, a lighting fixture, or a
pendant
cord
terminating
in
a
lampholder.
(30) Manufactured home accessory
building or structure means any awning,
cabana, ramada, storage cabinet, carport, fence, windbreak or porch established for the use of the occupant of
the manufactured home upon a manufactured home lot.
(31) Manufactured home service equipment means the equipment containing
the disconnecting means, overcurrent
protective devices, and receptacles or
other means for connecting a manufactured home feeder assembly.
(32) Outlet means a point on the wiring system at which current is taken
to supply utilization equipment.
(33) Panelboard means a single panel
or group of panel units designed for assembly in the form of a single panel;
including buses, automatic overcurrent
protective devices, and with or without
switches for the control of light, heat,
or power circuits; designed to be placed
in a cabinet or cutout box placed in or
against a wall or partition and accessible only from the front.
(34) Raceway means any channel for
holding wires, cables, or busbars that is
designed expressly for, and used solely
for, this purpose. Raceways may be of
metal or insulating material, and the
term includes rigid metal conduit,
rigid nonmetallic conduit, flexible
metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, underfloor raceways, cellular concrete floor raceways, cellular metal
floor raceways, surface raceways,
structural raceways, wireways, and
busways.
(35) Raintight means so constructed
or protected that exposure to a beating
rain will not result in the entrance of
water.
(36) Readily accessible means capable
of being reached quickly for operation,
renewal, or inspection, without requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable ladders,
chairs, etc. (See Accessible.)
(37) Receptacle means a contact device
installed at the outlet for the connec-

tion of an attachment plug. A single
receptacle is a single contact device
with no other contact device on the
same yoke. A multiple receptacle is a
device with two or more contact devices on the same yoke.
(38) Receptacle outlet means an outlet
where one or more receptacles are installed.
(39) Utilization equipment means
equipment that utilizes electric energy
for
electronic,
electromechanical,
chemical, heating, lighting, or similar
purposes.
(40) Voltage (of a circuit) means the
greatest root-mean-square (effective)
difference of potential between any two
conductors of the circuit concerned.
Some systems, such as 3-phase 4-wire,
single-phase 3-wire, and 3-wire directcurrent may have various circuits of
various voltages.
(41) Weatherproof means so constructed or protected that exposure to
the weather will not interfere with successful operation. Rainproof, raintight,
or watertight equipment can fulfill the
requirements for weatherproof where
varying weather conditions other than
wetness, such as snow, ice, dust, or
temperature extremes, are not a factor.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 78 FR
73989, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.803 Power supply.
(a) The power supply to the manufactured home shall be a feeder assembly
consisting of not more than one listed
50 ampere manufactured home powersupply cords, or a permanently installed circuit. A manufactured home
that is factory-equipped with gas or
oil-fired central heating equipment and
cooking appliances shall be permitted
to be provided with a listed manufactured home power-supply cord rated 40
amperes.
(b) If the manufactured home has a
power-supply cord, it shall be permanently attached to the distribution
panelboard or to a junction box permanently connected to the distribution
panelboard, with the free end terminating in an attachment plug cap.
(c) Cords with adapters and pigtail
ends, extension cords, and similar
items shall not be attached to, or
shipped with, a manufactured home.

126

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00136

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.803

(d) A suitable clamp or the equivalent must be provided at the distribution panelboard knockout to afford
strain relief for the cord to prevent
strain from being transmitted to the
terminals when the power supply cord
is handled in its intended manner.
(e) The cord shall be of an approved
type with four conductors, one of
which shall be identified by a continuous green color or a continuous green
color with one or more yellow stripes
for use as the grounding conductor.
(f) The attachment plug cap must be
a 3-pole, 4-wire, grounding type, rated

50 amperes, 125/250 volts, intended for
use with the 50-ampere, 125/250-volt receptacle configuration, as shown below.
The cap must be listed, by itself or as
part of a power-supply cord assembly,
for the purpose, and must be molded to
or installed on the flexible cord so that
it is secured tightly to the cord at the
point where the cord enters the attachment plug cap. If a right-angle cap is
used, the configuration must be so oriented that the grounding member is
farthest from the cord.

(g) The overall length of a power-supply cord, measured from the end of the
cord, including bared leads, to the face
of the attachment-plug cap shall not be
less than 21 feet and shall not exceed
361⁄2 feet. The length of cord from the
face of the attachment-plug cap to the
point where the cord enters the manufactured home shall not be less than 20
feet.
(h) The power supply cord shall bear
the following marking: ‘‘For use with
manufactured homes—40 amperes’’ or
‘‘For use with manufactured homes—50
amperes.’’
(i) Where the cord passes through
walls or floors, it must be protected by
means of conduits and bushings or the
equivalent. The cord is permitted to be
installed within the manufactured
home walls, provided that a continuous
raceway having a maximum size of 11⁄4
inch is installed from the branch-cir-

cuit panelboard to the underside of the
manufactured home floor.
(j) Permanent provisions shall be
made for the protection of the attachment-plug cap of the power supply cord
and any connector cord assembly or receptacle against corrosion and mechanical damage if such devices are in an
exterior location while the manufactured home is in transit.
(k) Where the calculated load exceeds
50 amperes or where a permanent feeder is used, the supply shall be by means
of:
(1) One mast weatherhead installation installed in accordance with Article 230 of the National Electrical Code,
NFPA No. 70–2005, containing four continuous insulated, color-coded, feeder
conductors, one of which shall be an
equipment grounding conductor; or

127

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00137

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

ER09DE13.000

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.804

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

(2) A listed metal raceway or listed
rigid nonmetallic conduit from the disconnecting means in the manufactured
home to the underside of the manufactured home, with provisions for the attachment of a suitable junction box or
fitting to the raceway on the underside
of the manufactured home. The manufacturer must provide written installation instructions stating the proper
feeder conductor sizes for the raceway
and the size of the junction box to be
used; or
(3) Service equipment installed in or
on the manufactured home, provided
that all of the following conditions are
met:
(i) In its written installation instructions, the manufacturer must include
information indicating that the home
must be secured in place by an anchoring system or installed on and secured
to a permanent foundation;
(ii) The installation of the service
equipment complies with Article 230 of
the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70–
2005 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 3280.4). Exterior service equipment or
the enclosure in which it is to be installed must be weatherproof, and conductors must be suitable for use in wet
locations;
(iii) Means are provided for the connection of the grounding electrode conductor to the service equipment and
routing it to the conductor outside the
structure;
(iv) Bonding and grounding of the
service must be in accordance with Article 250, NFPA 70–2005, National Electrical Code (incorporated by reference,
see § 3280.4);
(v) The manufacturer must include in
its installation instructions one method of grounding the service equipment
at the installation site. The instructions must clearly state that other
methods of grounding are found in Article 250 of NFPA 70–2005, National
Electrical Code;
(vi) The minimum size grounding
electrode conductor must be specified
in the instructions; and
(vi) A red warning label must be
mounted on or adjacent to the service
equipment. The label must state the
following: WARNING—DO NOT PROVIDE ELECTRICAL POWER UNTIL
THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE(S) IS

INSTALLED AND CONNECTED (SEE
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS).
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
4589, Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55019, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72051, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73990, Dec. 9,
2013]

§ 3280.804 Disconnecting means and
branch-circuit protective equipment.
(a) The branch-circuit equipment is
permitted to be combined with the disconnecting means as a single assembly.
Such a combination is permitted to be
designated as a distribution panelboard. If a fused distribution panelboard is used, the maximum fuse size
for the mains shall be plainly marked,
with the lettering at least 1/4-inch high
and visible when fuses are changed. See
Article 110–22 of NFPA 70–2005, National Electrical Code (incorporated by
reference, see § 3280.4), concerning the
identification of each disconnecting
means and each service, feeder, or
branch circuit at the point where it
originated, and the type of marking
needed.
(b) Plug fuses and fuseholders shall
be tamper-resistant, Type ‘‘S,’’ enclosed in dead-front fuse panelboards.
Electrical distribution panels containing circuit breakers shall also be
dead-front type.
(c) Disconnecting means. A single disconnecting means must be provided in
each manufactured home, consisting of
a circuit breaker, or a switch and fuses
and its accessories, installed in a readily accessible location near the point of
entrance of the supply cord or conductors into the manufactured home. The
main circuit breakers or fuses must be
plainly marked ‘‘Main.’’ This equipment must contain a solderless type of
grounding connector or bar for the purposes of grounding, with sufficient terminals for all grounding conductors.
The neutral bar termination of the
grounded circuit conductors must be
insulated
in
accordance
with
§ 3280.809(b).
(d) The disconnecting equipment
shall have a rating suitable for the connected load. The distribution equipment, either circuit breaker or fused
type, shall be located a minimum of 24

128

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00138

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.805

inches from the bottom of such equipment to the floor level of the manufactured home.
(e) A distribution panelboard employing a main circuit breaker must be
rated not less than 50 amperes and employ a 2-pole circuit breaker rated 40
amperes for a 40-ampere supply cord, or
50 amperes for a 50-ampere supply cord.
A distribution panelboard employing a
disconnect switch and fuses must be
rated not less than 60 amperes and
must employ a single, 2-pole fuseholder
rated not less than 60-amperes with 40or 50-ampere main fuses for 40- or 50ampere supply cords, respectively. The
outside of the distribution panelboard
must be plainly marked with the fuse
size.
(f) The distribution panelboard must
be located in an accessible location,
and must not be located in a bathroom
or a clothes closet. A clear working
space at least 30 inches wide and 30
inches in front of the distribution panelboard must be provided. This space
must extend from the floor to the top
of the distribution panelboard. Where
used as switches, circuit breakers must
be installed so that the center of the
grip of the operating handle of the circuit breaker, when in its highest position, will not be more than 6 feet, 7
inches above the floor.
(g) Branch-circuit distribution equipment shall be installed in each manufactured home and shall include overcurrent protection for each branch circuit consisting of either circuit breakers or fuses.
(1) The branch circuit overcurrent devices shall be rated:
(i) Not more than the circuit conductors; and
(ii) Not more than 150 percent of the
rating of a single appliance rated 13.3
amperes or more which is supplied by
an individual branch circuit; but
(iii) Not more than the fuse size
marked on the air conditioner or other
motor-operated appliance.
(h) A 15-ampere multiple receptacle
shall be acceptable when connected to
a 20-ampere laundry circuit.
(i) When circuit breakers are provided for branch-circuit protection 240
circuits shall be protected by 2-pole
common or companion trip, or handletied paired circuit breakers.

(j) A 3 inch by 1–3/4 inch minimum
size tag made of etched, metal-stamped
or embossed brass, stainless steel, anodized or alclad aluminum not less
than 0.020 inch thick, or other approval
material (e.g., 0.005 inch plastic laminates) shall be permanently affixed on
the outside adjacent to the feeder assembly entrance and shall read: This
connection for 120/240 Volt, 3–Pole, 4–
Wire, 60 Hertz, llll Ampere Supply.
The correct ampere rating shall be
marked on the blank space.
(k) When a home is provided with installed service equipment, a single disconnecting means for disconnecting
the branch circuit conductors from the
service entrance conductors must be
provided in accordance with Article
230, Part VI of the National Electrical
Code, NFPA No. 70–2005. The disconnecting means shall be listed for
use as service equipment. The disconnecting means may be combined
with the disconnect required by
§ 3280.804(c). The disconnecting means
shall be rated not more than the ampere supply or service capacity indicated on the tag required by paragraph
(l) of this section.
(l) When a home is provided with installed service equipment, the electrical
nameplate
required
by
§ 3280.804(j) shall read: ‘‘This connection
for 120/240 volt, 3 pole, 3 wire, 60 Hertz,
llll Ampere Supply.’’ The correct
ampere rating shall be marked in the
blank space.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR 4589,
Feb. 12, 1987; 58 FR 55019, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR
72051, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73990, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.805 Branch circuits required.
(a) The number of branch circuits required shall be determined in accordance with the following:
(1) Lighting, based on 3 volt-amperes
per square foot times outside dimensions of the manufactured home (coupler excluded) divided by 120 volts
times amperes to determine number of
15 or 20 ampere lighting area circuits.
e.g. [3 × length × width—[120 × (15 or 20)]
= number of 15 or 20 ampere circuits.
Lighting circuits are permitted to
serve built-in gas ovens with electric
service for lights, clocks, or timers, or

129

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00139

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.806

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

for listed cord-connected garbage disposal units.
(2) Small Appliances. For the small appliance load in kitchens, pantries, dining rooms, and breakfast rooms of
manufactured homes, two or more 20ampere appliance branch circuits, in
addition to the branch circuit specified
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, must
be provided for all receptacle outlets in
these rooms, and such circuits must
have no other outlets. Countertop receptacle outlets installed in the kitchen must be supplied by not less than
two small appliance branch circuits.
One or more of the small appliance
branch circuits may also supply other
receptacle outlets in the kitchen, pantry, dining room, and breakfast room.
Receptacles installed solely for the
electrical supply to an electric clock
and receptacles installed to provide
power for supplemental equipment and
lighting on gas-fired ranges, ovens, or
counter-mounted cooking units are not
subject to the requirements of this
paragraph (a)(2).
(3) General appliances (Including furnace, water heater, range, and central or
room air conditioner, etc.). There shall be
one or more circuits of adequate rating
in accordance with the following:
(i) The ampere rating of fixed appliances must not exceed 50 percent of the
circuit rating if lighting outlets are on
the same circuit (receptacles in the
kitchen, dining area, and laundry are
not considered to be lighting outlets);
(ii) For fixed appliances on a circuit
without lighting outlets, the sum of
rated amperes shall not exceed the
branch-circuit rating. Motor loads or
other continuous duty loads shall not
exceed 80 percent of the branch circuit
rating.
(iii) The rating of a single cord and
plug connected appliances on a circuit
having no other outlets, shall not exceed 80 percent of the circuit rating.
(iv) The rating of the range branch
circuit is based on the range demand as
specified for ranges in § 3280.811(a)(5).
For central air conditioning, see Article 440 of the National Electrical Code,
NFPA No. 70–2005.
(v) Where a laundry area is provided,
a 20 ampere branch circuit shall be provided to supply laundry receptacle out-

lets. This circuit shall have no other
outlets. See § 3280.806(a)(7).
(vi) Bathroom receptacle outlets
must be supplied by at least one 20-ampere branch circuit. Such circuits must
have no other outlets, except that it is
permissible to place the receptacle outlet for a heat tape or pipe heating cable
required by § 3280.806(d)(10) on a bathroom circuit. (See § 3280.806(b).)
(b) [Reserved]
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55020, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72051, Nov. 30, 2005;
78 FR 73991, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.806

Receptacle outlets.

(a) All receptacle outlets shall be:
(1) Of grounding type;
(2) Installed according to Article 406.3
of the National Electrical Code, NFPA
No. 70–2005.
(3) Except when supplying specific
appliances, be parallel-blade, 15-ampere, 125-volt, either single or duplex.
(b) All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and
20-ampere receptacle outlets installed
outdoors, or in compartments accessible from outside the manufactured
home, and in bathrooms, including receptacles in light fixtures, must have
ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel. Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel must be provided for receptacles
serving countertops in kitchens and receptacle outlets located within 6 feet of
a wet bar sink, except for receptacles
installed for appliances in dedicated
spaces, such as dishwashers, disposals,
refrigerators, freezers, and laundry
equipment.
(c) There shall be an outlet of the
grounding type for each cord-connected
fixed appliance installed.
(d) Receptacle outlets required. Except
in the bath, closet, and hall areas, receptacle outlets must be installed at
wall spaces 2 feet or more wide, so that
no point along the floor line is more
than 6 feet, measured horizontally,
from an outlet in that space. Receptacle outlets in floors shall not be
counted as part of the required number
of receptacle outlets, unless located
within 18 inches of the wall. In addition, a receptacle outlet must be installed in the following locations:

130

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00140

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.807

(1) Over or adjacent to counter tops
in the kitchen (at least one on each
side of the sink if counter tops are on
each side and 12 inches or over in
width).
(2) Adjacent to the refrigerator and
free-standing gas-range space. A duplex
receptacle may serve as the outlet for
a countertop and a refrigerator.
(3) At counter top spaces for built-in
vanities.
(4) At counter top spaces under wallmounted cabinets.
(5) In the wall, at the nearest point
where a bar type counter attaches to
the wall.
(6) In the wall at the nearest point
where a fixed room divider attaches to
the wall.
(7) In laundry areas within 6 feet of
the intended location of the appliance(s).
(8) At least one receptacle outlet
shall be installed outdoors.
(9) At least one wall receptacle outlet
shall be installed in bathrooms within
36 inches (914 mm) of the outside edge
of each basin. The receptacle outlet
must be located on a wall that is adjacent to the basin location. This receptacle is in addition to any receptacle
that is part of a lighting fixture or appliance. The receptacle must not be enclosed within a bathroom cabinet or
vanity.
(10) On the underside of the home for
the connection of pipe heating cable(s)
or heat tape(s), and the outlet must:
(i) Be located within 2 feet of the cold
water inlet;
(ii) Be connected to an interior
branch circuit, other than a small appliance branch circuit;
(iii) Be located on a circuit where all
of the outlets are on the load side of
the ground-fault circuit-interrupter
protection for personnel; and
(iv) Not be considered as the receptacle outlet required by paragraph (8)
of this section.
(11) Receptacle outlets are not required in the following locations:
(i) Wall space occupied by built-in
kitchen or wardrobe cabinets,
(ii) Wall space behind doors which
may be opened fully against a wall surface,

(iii) Room dividers of the lattice
type, less than 8 feet long, not solid
within 6 inches of the floor,
(iv) Wall space afforded by bar type
counters.
(e) Receptacle outlets shall not be installed in or within reach (30 inches) of
a shower or bathtub space.
(f) Receptacle outlets shall not be installed above electric baseboard heaters.
(g) Receptacles must not be in a faceup position in any countertop.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55020, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72052, Nov. 30, 2005;
78 FR 73991, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.807

Fixtures and appliances.

(a) Electrical materials, devices, appliances, fittings, and other equipment
installed, intended for use in, or attached to the manufactured home shall
be approved for the application and
shall be connected in an approved manner when in service. Facilities shall be
provided to securely fasten appliances
when the manufactured home is in
transit. (See § 3280.809.)
(b) Specifically listed pendant-type
fixtures or pendant cords shall be permitted in manufactured homes.
(c) Where a lighting fixture is installed over a bathtub or in a shower
stall, it must be listed for wet locations. [See also Article 410.4(D) of the
National Electrical Code NFPA No. 70–
2005.]
(d) The switch for shower lighting
fixtures and exhaust fans located over
a tub or in a shower stall shall be located outside the tub shower space.
(See § 3280.806(e).)
(e) Any combustible wall or ceiling
finish exposed between the edge of a
fixture canopy, or pan and an outlet
box shall be covered with non-combustible or limited combustible material.
(f) Every appliance shall be accessible for inspection, service, repair, or
replacement without removal of permanent construction.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 52 FR
35543, Sept. 22, 1987; 58 FR 55020, Oct. 25, 1993;
70 FR 72052, Nov. 30, 2005; 78 FR 73991, Dec. 9,
2013]

131

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00141

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.808

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

§ 3280.808 Wiring methods and materials.
(a) Except as specifically permitted
by this part, the wiring methods and
materials specified in the National
Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70–2005,
must be used in manufactured homes.
(b) Nonmetallic outlet boxes shall be
acceptable only with nonmetallic
cable.
(c) Nonmetallic cable located 15
inches or less above the floor, if exposed, shall be protected from physical
damage by covering boards, guard
strips, or conduit. Cable likely to be
damaged by stowage shall be so protected in all cases.
(d) Nonmetallic sheathed cable shall
be secured by staples, straps, or similar
fittings so designed and installed as
not to injure any cable. Cable shall be
secured in place at intervals not exceeding 41⁄2 feet and within 12 inches
from every cabinet, box or fitting.
(e) Metal-clad and nonmetallic cables
shall be permitted to pass through the
centers of the wide side of 2-inch by 4inch studs. However, they shall be protected where they pass through 2-inch
by 2-inch studs or at other studs or
frames where the cable or armor would
be less than 11⁄2 inches from the inside
or outside surface of the studs when
the wall covering materials are in contact with the studs. Steel plates on
each side of the cable, or a tube, with
not less than No. 16 MSG wall thickness shall be required to protect the
cable. These plates or tubes shall be securely held in place.
(f) Where metal faceplates are used,
they must be effectively grounded.
(g) If the range, clothes dryer, or
similar appliance is connected by
metalclad cable or flexible conduit, a
length of not less than three feet of
free cable or conduit shall be provided
to permit moving the appliance. Type
NM or Type SE cable shall not be used
to connect a range or a dryer. This
shall not prohibit the use of Type NM
or Type SE cable between the branch
circuit overcurrent protective device
and a junction box or range or dryer receptacle.
(h) Where rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit is terminated at an enclosure with a locknut
and bushing connection, two locknuts

must be provided, one inside and one
outside of the enclosure. Rigid nonmetallic conduit or electrical nonmetallic tubing is permitted. All cut
ends of conduit and tubing must be
reamed or otherwise finished to remove
rough edges.
(i) Switches must be rated as follows:
(1) For lighting circuits, switches
must be rated not less than 10 amperes,
120 to 125 volts, and in no case less than
the connected load.
(2) For motors or other loads, switches shall have ampere or horsepower
ratings, or both, adequate for loads
controlled. (An ‘‘AC general-use’’ snap
switch shall be permitted to control a
motor 2 horsepower or less with fullload current not over 80 percent of the
switch ampere rating).
(j) At least 4 inches of free conductor
shall be left at each outlet box except
where conductors are intended to loop
without joints.
(k) When outdoor or under-chassis
line-voltage (120 volts, nominal or
higher) wiring is exposed to moisture
or physical damage, it must be protected by rigid metal conduit or intermediate metal conduit. The conductors
must be suitable for wet locations.
Electrical metallic tubing or rigid nonmetallic conduit is permitted to be
used when closely routed against
frames and equipment enclosures.
(l) Outlet boxes of dimensions less
than those required in Table 314.16(A)
of the National Electrical Code, NFPA
No. 70–2005, are permitted provided the
box has been tested and approved for
that purpose.
(m) Boxes, fittings, and cabinets
shall be securely fastened in place, and
shall be supported from a structural
member of the home, either directly or
by using a substantial brace. Snap-in
type boxes provided with special wall
or ceiling brackets that securely fasten
boxes in walls or ceilings shall be permitted.
(n) Outlet boxes must fit closely to
openings in combustible walls and ceilings and must be flush with the finish
surface or project therefrom. In walls
and ceilings of noncombustible material, outlet boxes and fittings must be
installed so that the front edge of the
box or fitting will not be set back from
the finished surface more than 1⁄4 inch.

132

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00142

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.809

Plaster, drywall, or plasterboard surfaces that are broken or incomplete
must be repaired so that there will be
no gaps or open spaces greater than 1⁄8
inch at the edge of the box or fitting.
(o) Appliances having branch-circuit
terminal connections which operate at
temperatures higher than 60 °C (140 °F)
shall have circuit conductors as described in paragraphs (p) (1) and (2) of
this section:
(1) Branch-circuit conductors having
an insulation suitable for the temperature encountered shall be permitted to
run directly to the appliance.
(2) Conductors having an insulation
suitable for the temperature encountered may be run from the appliance
terminal connections to a readily accessible outlet box placed at least one
foot from the appliance. If provided,
these conductors must be in a suitable
raceway or Type AC or MC cable, of at
least 18 inches but not more than 6 feet
in length.
(p) A substantial brace for securing a
box, fitting, or cabinet must be as described in the National Electrical Code,
NFPA 70–2005, Article 314.23(B), or the
brace, including the fastening mechanism to attach the brace to the home
structure, must withstand a force of 50
lbs. applied to the brace at the intended point(s) of attachment for the
box in a direction perpendicular to the
surface on which the box is installed.
(q) Where the sheathing of NM cable
has been cut or damaged and visual inspection reveals that the conductor
and its insulation has not been damaged, it shall be permitted to repair the
cable sheath with electrical tape which
provides equivalent protection to the
sheath.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55020, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72052, Nov. 30, 2005;
78 FR 73991, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.809 Grounding.
(a) General. Grounding of both electrical and nonelectrical metal parts in
a manufactured home shall be through
connection to a grounding bus in the
manufactured home distribution panelboard. The grounding bus shall be
grounded through the green-colored
conductor in the supply cord or the
feeder wiring to the service ground in

the service-entrance equipment located
adjacent to the manufactured home location. Neither the frame of the manufactured home nor the frame of any appliance shall be connected to the neutral conductor in the manufactured
home.
(b) Insulated neutral. (1) The grounded
circuit conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the grounding conductors
and from equipment enclosures and
other grounded parts. The grounded
(neutral) circuit terminals in the distribution panelboard and in ranges,
clothes dryers, counter-mounted cooking units, and wall-mounted ovens
shall be insulated from the equipment
enclosure. Bonding screws, straps, or
buses in the distribution panelboard or
in appliances shall be removed and discarded. However, when service equipment is installed on the manufactured
home, the neutral and the ground bus
may be connected in the distribution
panel.
(2) Connection of ranges and clothes
dryers with 120/240 volt, 3-wire ratings
shall be made with 4 conductor cord
and 3 pole, 4-wire grounding type plugs,
or by type AC metal clad conductors
enclosed in flexible metal conduit. For
120 volt rated devices a 3-conductor
cord and a 2-pole, 3-wire grounding
type plug shall be permitted.
(c) Equipment grounding means. (1)
The green-colored grounding wire in
the supply cord or permanent feeder
wiring shall be connected to the
grounding bus in the distribution panelboard or disconnecting means.
(2) In the electrical system, all exposed metal parts, enclosures, frames,
lamp fixture canopies, etc., shall be effectively bonded to the grounding terminal or enclosure of the distribution
panelboard.
(3) Cord-connected appliances, such
as washing machines, clothes dryers,
refrigerators, and the electrical system
of gas ranges, etc., shall be grounded
by means of an approved cord with
grounding conductor and groundingtype attachment plug.
(d) Bonding of noncurrent-carrying
metal parts. (1) All exposed noncurrentcarrying metal parts that may become
energized shall be effectively bonded to
the grounding terminal or enclosure of
the distribution panelboard. A bonding

133

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00143

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.810

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

conductor shall be connected between
each distribution panelboard and an accessible terminal on the chassis.
(2) Grounding terminals shall be of
the solderless type and approved as
pressure-terminal connectors recognized for the wire size used. Star washers or other approved paint-penetrating
fitting shall be used to bond terminals
to chassis or other coated areas. The
bonding conductor shall be solid or
stranded, insulated or bare and shall be
No. 8 copper minimum, or equal. The
bonding conductor shall be routed so as
not to be exposed to physical damage.
Protection can be afforded by the configuration of the chassis.
(3) Metallic gas, water and waste
pipes and metallic air-circulating ducts
shall be considered bonded if they are
connected to the terminal on the chassis (see § 3280.809) by clamps, solderless
connectors, or by suitable groundingtype straps.
(4) Any metallic roof and exterior
covering shall be considered bonded if
(i) the metal panels overlap one another and are securely attached to the
wood or metal frame parts by metallic
fasteners, and (ii) if the lower panel of
the metallic exterior covering is secured by metallic fasteners at a cross
member of the chassis by two metal
straps per manufactured home unit or
section at opposite ends. The bonding
strap material shall be a minimum of 4
inches in width of material equivalent
to the skin or a material of equal or
better electrical conductivity. The
straps shall be fastened with paint-penetrating fittings (such as screws and
star washers or equivalent).

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55020, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.810 Electrical testing.
(a) Dielectric strength test. The wiring
of each manufactured home shall be
subjected to a 1-minute, 900 to 1079 volt
dielectric strength test (with all
switches closed) between live parts and
the manufactured home ground, and
neutral and the manufactured home
ground. Alternatively, the test may be
performed at 1080 to 1250 volts for 1 second. This test shall be performed after
branch circuits are complete and after
fixtures or appliances are installed.

Fixtures or appliances which are listed
shall not be required to withstand the
dielectric strength test.
(b) Each manufactured home shall be
subject to:
(1) A continuity test to assure that
metallic parts are properly bonded;
(2) Operational test to demonstrate
that all equipment, except water heaters, electric furnaces, dishwashers,
clothes washers/dryers, and portable
appliances, is connected and in working order; and
(3) Polarity checks to determine that
connections have been properly made.
Visual verification shall be an acceptable check.
[58 FR 55020, Oct. 25, 1993]

§ 3280.811 Calculations.
(a) The following method shall be
employed in computing the supply cord
and distribution-panelboard load for
each feeder assembly for each manufactured home and shall be based on a 3wire, 120/240 volt supply with 120 volt
loads balanced between the two legs of
the 3-wire system. The total load for
determining power supply by this
method is the summation of:
(1) Lighting and small appliance load
as calculated below:
(i) Lighting volt-amperes: Length
time width of manufactured home (outside dimensions exclusive of coupler)
times 3 volt-amperes per square foot;
e.g. Length × width × 3 = lighting voltamperes.
(ii) Small appliance volt-amperes:
Number of circuits time 1,500 volt-amperes for each 20-ampere appliance receptacle circuit (see definition of ‘‘Appliance Portable’’ with Note): e.g.
Number of circuits × 1,500 = small appliance volt-amperes.
(iii) Total volts-amperes: Lighting
volts-amperes plus small appliance =
total volt-amperes.
(iv) First 3,000 total volts-amperes at
100 percent plus remainder at 35 percent = watts to be divided by 240 volts
to obtain current (amperes) per leg.
(2) Nameplate amperes for motors
and heater loads (exhaust fans, air conditioners, electric, gas, or oil heating).
Omit smaller of air conditioning and
heating except include blower motor if
used as air conditioner evaporator
motor. When an air conditioner is not

134

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00144

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.811

installed and a 40-ampere power supply
cord is provided, allow 15 amperes per
leg for air conditioning.
(3) 25 percent of current of largest
motor in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(4) Total of nameplate amperes for:
Disposal, dishwasher, water heater,
clothes dryer, wall-mounted oven,
cooking units. Where number of these
appliances exceeds three, use 75 percent
of total.
(5) Derive amperes for free-standing
range (as distinguished from separate
ovens and cooking units) by dividing
values below by 240 volts.
Nameplate rating (in watts)
10,000
10,001
12,501
13,501
14,501
15,501
16,501

or less ...............................
to 12,500 ..........................
to 13,500 ..........................
to 14,500 ..........................
to 15,500 ..........................
to 16,500 ..........................
to 17,500 ..........................

Use (in watts)
80 percent of rating.
8,000.
8,400.
8,800.
9,200.
9,600.
10,000.

(6) If outlets or circuits are provided
for other than factory-installed appliances, include the anticipated load.
The following example is given to illustrate the application of this Method of
Calculation:
Example: A manufactured home is 70 × 10
feet and has two portable appliance circuits,
a 1000 volt-ampere 240 volt heater, a 200 voltampere 120 volt exhaust fan, a 400 volts-ampere 120 volt dishwasher and a 7000 volt-ampere electric range.
Voltampheres

Lighting and small appliance load
Lighting 70 × 10 × 3 ..............................................
Small Appliance .....................................................

2,100
3,000

Total .................................................
1st. 3,000 Volt-Ampheres at 100% .......................
Remainder (5,100 ¥3,000 = 2,100, at 35% .........

5,100
3,000
735

Total .................................................

3,735

Amperes
per leg A

Amperes
per leg B

Lighting and small Appliance ............
Heater 240 volt ..................................
Fan 120 volt ......................................
Dishwasher 120 volt ..........................
Range ................................................

15.5
4.1
1.7
................
23.3

15.5
4.1
................
3.3
23.3

Total .............................

44.6

46.2

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Note: Based on the higher current calculated for either leg,
use one 50–A supply cord.

(b) The following is an optional
method of calculation for lighting and
appliance loads for manufactured

homes served by single 3-wire 120/240
volt set of feeder conductors with an
ampacity of 100 or greater. The total
load for determining the feeder
ampacity may be computed in accordance with the following table instead of
the method previously specified. Feeder conductors whose demand load is determined by this optional calculation
are permitted to have the neutral load
determined by Article 220.61 of the National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70–
2005. The loads identified in the table
as ‘‘other load’’ and as ‘‘Remainder of
other load’’ must include the following:
(1) 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire,
20-ampere small appliance branch circuit and each laundry branch circuit
specified.
(2) 3 volt-amperes per square foot for
general lighting and general-use receptacles.
(3) The nameplate rating of all fixed
appliances,
ranges,
wall-mounted
ovens, counter-mounted cooking units,
and including 4 or more separately controlled space heating loads.
(4) The nameplate ampere or kVA
rating of all motors and of all lowpower-factor loads.
(5) The largest of the following:
(i) Air conditioning load;
(ii) The 65 percent diversified demand
of the central electric space heating
load;
(iii) The 65 percent diversified demand of the load of less than four separately-controlled electric space heating
units.
(iv) The connected load of four or
more separately-controlled electric
space heating units.
OPTIONAL CALCULATION FOR MANUFACTURED
HOMES WITH 110-AMPERE OR LARGER SERVICE
Load (in kilowatt or kilovoltampere)
Air-conditioning and cooling including heat pump
compressors .....................................................
Central electric space heating .............................
Less than 4 separately controlled electric space
heating units .....................................................
1st 10 kW of all other load ..................................
Remainder of other load ......................................

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00145

Fmt 8010

100
65
65
100
40

[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55021, Oct. 25, 1993; 70 FR 72052, Nov. 30, 2005]

135

VerDate Sep<11>2014

Demand
factor
(percent)

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.812

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

§ 3280.812 Wiring of expandable units
and dual units.
(a) Expandable or multiple unit manufactured homes shall use fixed-type
wiring methods and materials for connecting such units to each other.
(b) Expandable or multiple unit manufactured homes not having permanently installed feeders and which are
to be moved from one location to another, shall be permitted to have disconnecting means with branch circuit
protective equipment in each unit
when so located that after assembly or
joining together of units the requirements of § 3280.803 will be met.
§ 3280.813 Outdoor outlets, fixtures,
air-conditioning equipment, etc.
(a) Outdoor fixtures and equipment
shall be listed for use in wet locations,
except that if located on the underside
of the home or located under roof extensions or similarly protected locations, they may be listed for use in
damp locations.
(b) A manufactured home provided
with a branch circuit designed to energize outside heating equipment or airconditioning equipment, other than
room air conditioners, or both, located
outside the manufactured home, other
than room air conditioners, must have
such branch-circuit conductors terminate in a listed outlet box, or disconnecting means, located on the outside of the manufactured home.
(1) A label must be permanently affixed adjacent to the outlet box. The
label must be not less than 0.020-inches
thick etched brass, stainless steel, anodized or alclad aluminum, or equivalent, and must not be less than 3 inches
× 13⁄4 inches in size.
(2)(i) The label must include the correct voltage and ampere rating and the
following information:

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

THIS CONNECTION IS FOR HEATING
AND/OR AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT.
THE BRANCH CIRCUIT IS RATED AT NOT
MORE THANllAMPERES, ATllVOLTS,
60–HERTZ,llCONDUCTOR AMPACITY. A
DISCONNECTING MEANS IS LOCATED
WITHIN SIGHT OF THE EQUIPMENT.

(ii) The correct voltage and ampere
rating shall be given. The tag must be
not less than 0.020-inches thick etched
brass, stainless steel, anodized or
alclad aluminum, or equivalent. The

tag must have a minimum size of not
less than 3 inches × 13⁄4 inches.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975, as amended at 42
FR 961, Jan. 4, 1977. Redesignated at 44 FR
20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR 55021,
Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73992, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.814

Painting of wiring.

During painting or staining of the
manufactured home, it shall be permitted to paint metal raceways (except
where grounding continuity would be
reduced) or the sheath of the nonmetallic cable. Some arrangement,
however, shall be made so that no
paint shall be applied to the individual
wires, as the color coding may be obliterated by the paint.
§ 3280.815

Polarization.

(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the white
conductor must be employed for the
grounded (neutral) circuit conductors
only and must be connected to the
white terminal or lead on receptacle
outlets and fixtures. The grounded conductor must be the unswitched wire in
switched circuits.
(2) A cable containing an insulated
conductor with a white or natural gray
outer finish or a marking of three continuous white stripes may be used for
single-pole, three-way, or four-way
switch loops, where this conductor is
used for the supply to the switch, but
not as a return conductor from the
switch to the switched outlet. In these
applications, the conductor with white
or natural gray insulation or with
three continuous white stripes must be
permanently re-identified to indicate
its use by painting or other effective
means at its terminations and at each
location where the conductor is visible
and accessible.
(b) If the identified (white) conductor
of a cable is used for other than
grounded conductors or for other than
switch loops as explained above (for a
240 volt circuit for example), the conductor shall be finished in a color other
than white at each outlet where the
conductors are visible and accessible.

136

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00146

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

§ 3280.904

(c) Green-colored wires or green with
yellow stripe shall be used for grounding conductors only.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 58 FR
55021, Oct. 25, 1993; 78 FR 73992, Dec. 9, 2013]

§ 3280.816 Examination of equipment
for safety.
The examination or inspection of
equipment for safety, according to this
standard, shall be conducted under uniform conditions and by organizations
properly equipped and qualified for experimental testing, inspections of the
run of goods at factories, and servicevalue determinations through field examinations.

Subpart J—Transportation
§ 3280.901

Scope.

Subpart J of this standard covers the
general requirement for designing the
structure of the manufactured home to
fully withstand the adverse effects of
transportation shock and vibration
without degradation of the integrated
structure or of its component parts and
the specific requirements pertaining to
the transportation system and its relationship to the structure.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

§ 3280.902

Definitions.

(a) Chassis means the entire transportation system comprising the following
subsystems: drawbar and coupling
mechanism, frame, running gear assembly, and lights.
(b) Drawbar and coupling mechanism
means the rigid assembly, (usually an
A frame) upon which is mounted a coupling mechanism, which connects the
manufactured home’s frame to the towing vehicle.
(c) Frame means the fabricated rigid
substructure which provides considerable support to the affixed manufactured home structure both during
transport and on-site; and also provides
a platform for securement of the running gear assembly, the drawbar and
coupling mechanism.
(d) Running gear assembly means the
subsystem consisting of suspension
springs, axles, bearings, wheels, hubs,
tires, and brakes, with their related
hardware.

(e) Lights means those safety lights
and associated wiring required by applicable U.S. Department of Transportation regulations.
(f) Transportation system, (Same as
chassis, above).
(g) Highway, includes all roads and
streets to be legally used in transporting the manufactured home.
[40 FR 58752, Dec. 18, 1975. Redesignated at 44
FR 20679, Apr. 6, 1979, as amended at 47 FR
28093, June 29, 1982]

§ 3280.903 General requirements for
designing the structure to withstand transportation shock and vibration.
(a) The cumulative effect of highway
transportation shock and vibration
upon a manufactured home structure
may result in incremental degradation
of its designed performance in terms of
providing a safe, healthy and durable
dwelling. Therefore, the manufactured
home shall be designed, in terms of its
structural, plumbing, mechanical and
electrical systems, to fully withstand
such transportation forces during its
intended life. (See §§ 3280.303(c) and
3280.305(a)).
(b) Particular attention shall be
given to maintaining watertight integrity and conserving energy by assuring
that structural components in the roof
and walls (and their interfaces with
vents, windows, doors, etc.) are capable
of resisting highway shock and vibration forces during primary and subsequent secondary transportation moves.
(c) In place of an engineering analysis, either of the following may be accepted:
(1) Documented technical data of
suitable highway tests which were conducted to simulate transportation
loads and conditions; or
(2) Acceptable documented evidence
of actual transportation experience
which meets the intent of this subpart.
§ 3280.904 Specific requirements for
designing the transportation system.
(a) General. The entire system (frame,
drawbar and coupling mechanism, running gear assembly, and lights) shall be
designed and constructed as an integrated, balanced and durable unit

137

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00147

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

§ 3280.904

24 CFR Ch. XX (4–1–16 Edition)

which is safe and suitable for its specified use during the intended life of the
manufactured home. In operation, the
transportation system (supporting the
manufactured home structure and its
contents) shall effectively respond to
the control of the braking, while traveling at applicable towing vehicle in
terms of tracking and highway speeds
and in normal highway traffic conditions.

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

NOTE: While the majority of manufactured
homes utilize a fabricated steel frame assembly, upon which the manufactured home
structure is constructed, it is not the intent
of this standard to limit innovation. Therefore, other concepts, such as integrating the
frame function into the manufactured home
structure, are acceptable provided that such
design meets the intent and requirements of
this part).

(b) Specific requirements—(1) Drawbar.
The drawbar shall be constructed of
sufficient strength, rigidity and durability to safely withstand those dynamic forces experienced during highway transportation. It shall be securely fastened to the manufactured
home frame by either a continuous
weld or by bolting.
(2) Coupling mechanism. The coupling
mechanism (which is usually of the
socket type) shall be securely fastened
to the drawbar in such a manner as to
assure safe and effective transfer of the
maximum loads, including dynamic
loads, between the manufactured home
structure and the hitch-assembly of
the towing vehicle. The coupling shall
be equipped with a manually operated
mechanism so adapted as to prevent
disengagement of the unit while in operation. The coupling shall be so designed that it can be disconnected regardless of the angle of the manufactured home to the towing vehicle. With
the manufactured home parked on
level ground, the center of the socket
of the coupler shall not be less than 20
inches nor more than 26 inches from
ground level.
(3) Chassis. The chassis, in conjunction with the manufactured home
structure, shall be designed and constructed to effectively sustain the designed loads consisting of the dead load
plus a minimum of 3 pounds per square
foot floor load, (example: free-standing
range, refrigerator, and loose furniture) and the superimposed dynamic

load resulting from highway movement
but shall not be required to exceed
twice the dead load. The integrated design shall be capable of insuring rigidity and structural integrity of the complete manufactured home structure
and to insure against deformation of
structural or finish members during
the intended life of the home.
(4) Running gear assembly. (i) The running gear assembly, as part of the chassis, shall be designed to perform, as a
balanced system, in order to effectively
sustain the designed loads set forth in
§ 3280.904(b)(3) and to provide for durable dependable safe mobility of the
manufactured home. It shall be designed to accept shock and vibration,
both from the highway and the towing
vehicle and effectively dampen these
forces so as to protect the manufactured home structure from damage and
fatigue. Its components shall be designed to facilitate routine maintenance, inspection and replacement.
(ii) Location of the running gear assembly shall be determined by documented engineering analysis, taking
into account the gross weight (including all contents), total length of the
manufactured home, the necessary coupling hitch weight, span distance, and
turning radius. The coupling weight
shall be not less than 12 percent nor
more than 25 percent of the gross
weight.
(5) Spring assemblies. Spring assemblies (springs, hangers, shackles, bushings and mounting bolts) shall be capable of withstanding all the design loads
as outlined in § 3280.904(b)(3) without
exceeding maximum allowable stresses
for design spring assembly life as recommended by the spring assembly
manufacturer. The capacity of the
spring system shall assure, that under
maximum operating load conditions,
sufficient clearance shall be maintained between the tire and manufactured home frame or structure to permit unimpeded wheel movement and
for changing tires.
(6) Axles. Axles, and their connecting
hardware, shall be capable of withstanding all of the design loads outlined in § 3280.904(b)(3) without exceeding maximum allowable stresses for design axle life as recommended by the
axle manufacturer. The number of

138

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00148

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

Office of Asst. Sec. for Housing, HUD

Pt. 3282

axles required to provide a safe tow and
good ride characteristics shall be determined and documented by engineering analysis. Those alternatives listed
in § 3280.903(c) may be accepted in place
of such an analysis.
(7) Hubs and bearings. Hubs and bearings shall meet the requirements of
§ 3280.904(b)(3) and good engineering
practice. Both of these components
shall be accessible for inspection, routine maintenance and replacement of
parts.
(8) Tires, wheels and rims. Tires,
wheels and rims shall meet the requirements of § 3280.904(b)(3). Tires shall be
selected for anticipated usage.
(9) Brake assemblies. (i) The number,
type, size and design of brake assemblies required to assist the towing vehicle in providing effective control and
stopping of the manufactured home
shall be determined and documented by
engineering analysis. Those alternatives listed in § 3280.903(c) may be accepted in place of such an analysis.
(ii) Brakes on the towing vehicle and
the manufactured home shall be capable of assuring that the maximum stopping distance from an initial velocity
of 20 miles per hour does not exceed 40
feet (U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations).
(10) Lights and associated wiring. Highway safety electrical lights and associated wiring shall conform to applicable
Federal requirements in terms of location and performance. The manufacturer shall have the option of meeting
this requirement by utilizing a temporary light/wiring harness provided by
the manufactured home transportation
carrier.

PART
3282—MANUFACTURED
HOME PROCEDURAL AND ENFORCEMENT REGULATIONS

lpowell on DSK54DXVN1OFR with $$_JOB

Subpart A—General
Sec.
3282.1 Scope and purpose.
3282.6 Separability of provisions.
3282.7 Definitions.
3282.8 Applicability.
3282.9 Computation of time.
3282.10 Civil and criminal penalties.
3282.11 Preemption and reciprocity.
3282.12 Excluded
structures—modular
homes.

3282.13 Voluntary certification.
3282.14 Alternative construction of manufactured homes.

Subpart B—Formal Procedures
3282.51 Scope.
3282.52 Address of communications.
3282.53 Service of process on foreign manufacturers and importers.
3282.54 Public information.

Subpart C—Rules and Rulemaking
Procedures
3282.101
3282.111
final
3282.113

Generally.
Petitions for reconsideration
rules.
Interpretative bulletins.

Subpart D—Informal and Formal Presentations of Views, Hearings and Investigations
3282.151 Applicability and scope.
3282.152 Procedures to present views and
evidence.
3282.153 Public participation in formal or
informal presentation of views.
3282.154 Petitions for formal or informal
presentations of views, and requests for
extraordinary interim relief.
3282.155 Investigations.
3282.156 Petitions for investigations.

Subpart E—Manufacturer Inspection and
Certification Requirements
3282.201 Scope and purpose.
3282.202 Primary inspection agency contracts.
3282.203 DAPIA services.
3282.204 IPIA services.
3282.205 Certification requirements.
3282.206 Disagreement with IPIA or DAPIA.
3282.207 Manufactured home consumer manual requirements.
3282.208 Remedial actions—general description.
3282.209 Report requirements.
3282.210 Payment of monitoring fee.
3282.211 Record of purchasers.

Subpart F—Retailer and Distributor
Responsibilities
3282.251 Scope and purpose.
3282.252 Prohibition of sale.
3282.253 Removal of prohibition of sale.
3282.254 Distributor and retailer alterations.
3282.255 Completion of information card.
3282.256 Distributor or retailer complaint
handling.

Subpart G—State Administrative Agencies
3282.301
3282.302

General—scope.
State plan.

139

VerDate Sep<11>2014

09:41 May 11, 2016

Jkt 238086

PO 00000

Frm 00149

Fmt 8010

Sfmt 8010

Q:\24\24V5.TXT

File Type	application/pdf
File Modified	2018-08-14
File Created	2018-08-15